Horiba abx micros es 60 инструкция

User manual

Revisions

Part number

Technical note

RAB237AEN

◆

This document applies to the latest software version as indicated above.

◆

When a subsequent software version is released, only the electronic version (CD-ROM and/or

online help) of this user manual is updated and supplied by HORIBA ABX. To update a paper

document, please contact your local HORIBA ABX Technical Support Representative.

Intended use

◆

The ABX Micros

ES60

OT/CT is a fully automated (microprocessor controlled) hematology analyser

used for in-vitro diagnostics testing of whole blood specimens and whole blood component

concentrates.

Important: when analyzing whole blood component concentrates, you must

consider the linear range of the component parameter and its associated

parameters if any. These concentrates may prematurely pollute the counting

aperture when analyzing them. It is suggested that you perform 3 backflushes

and/or a concentrated cleaning after analyzing the concentrates.

◆

The ABX Micros

ES60

OT/CT is available in 16 and 18 parameters. These parameters are noted

according to the system setup.

◆

The rate of determination is approximately 60 samples per hour* in the optimum configuration.

The system is totally automated, including an internal dilution system, and a graphic printer for

recording all test results including flags and graphics.

*Throughput performance is reachable in optimized conditions with an admitted margin for variation

of 10%.

Notice of liability

◆

The Information in this manual is distributed on an «As Is» basis, without warranty. While every

precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual, HORIBA ABX will not assume any

liability to any persons or entities with respect to loss or damage, caused or alleged to be caused

directly or indirectly by not following the instructions contained in this manual, or by using the

computer software and hardware products described herein in a manner inconsistent with our

product labeling.

Declaration of conformity

◆

The ABX Micros

ES60

OT/CT responds to the Standards and directives named in the Declaration of

Conformity. The latest version of the CE declaration of conformity for this system is available on

www.horiba-abx.com.

Potential hazards

◆

To alert the operator of potentially hazardous conditions, one of the bold captioned headings

which are described below is provided wherever necessary throughout this text.

Flags a procedure that if not followed properly, can prove to be extremely

hazardous to either the operator or the environment or both.

Emphasizes an operating procedure that must be followed to avoid possible

damage to the instrument or erroneous test results.

Emphasizes important information especially helpful to the operator before,

during or after a specific operational function.

User Manual — RAB237AEN

Software version

V1.1.X

Section

Date

All

13/02/09

Источник
Электроника и Медтехника

Чем богаты

  • Главная
    		•
  • Статьи
    		•
  • Измерительная техника
    		•
  • Медтехника
    		•
  • Источники питания
    		•
  • Бытовая электроника
    		•
  • События cайта
    		•
  • Полезные ссылки
    		•
  • Форум
    		•
  • E-mail
    		•
    Партнеры
    № Наименование Формат Размер, кБ
    1 Руководство пользователя (инструкция по эксплуатации) гематологических анализаторов ABX Micros 60 OT и ABX Micros 60 ST. Состоит из отдельных файлов с названиями, соответствующим названиям разделов: Введение, Технические данные, Спецификация, Описание и принцип измерения, Включение и измерение, Калибровка и контроль качества, Конфигурация анализатора, Обслуживание и устранение неисправностей (поделился Алексей С.) RAR+9DOC 1884
    2 Инструкция пользователя (руководство по эксплуатации) автоматических гематологических анализаторов ADVIA 60 (ABX Micros 60) DJVU 1050
    3 Сервисная инструкция гематологических анализаторов ABX Micros 60 (ADVIA 60) PDF+RAR 1687
    4 Инструкция по настройке принтера автоматических гематологических анализаторов ADVIA 60 (ABX Micros 60) (поделился Алексей С.) GIF 478
    © 2003 — 2019 Электроника и Медтехника
    Источник

    Table of Contents for horiba ABX MICROS ES60:

    • Analysis cycle technology Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S04 / 11 ◆ WBC/HGB chamber drain (second time). ◆ Diluent is delivered from the outer needle (second time). ◆ HGB blank measure (beep triggered). ◆ RBC and WBC/HGB chamber drains. 3.5. Dilutions ◆ Sampling needle moves down to the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Injection of 1.7 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber + injection of 10 µL of blood sample: Raise of the liquide syr

    • RAS544A RAS544 / 8 Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 S06 / 10 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN 2.2. Erros listed by topics 2.2.1. QC 2.2.2. Printer 2.2.3. Barcode N° Error Detail 41 QC file write error. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. 83 QC control not found Impossible to found a QC with this ID. 84 Previous invalid QC result automatic deletion. A QC failed is removed when instantly followed by a QC passed. N° Error Detail 45 Ticket printer comm. port initialisation failed, try to restart the application

    • Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS526: Thermic adjustment • Concerns • Temperature sensor calibration • Required tools • Thermometer • Required products • None • Intervention time • 0 h 15 • Frequency • On request • Specific kit or consumables • None Thermic adjustment RA

    • Technical Manual — RAA033AEN RAS530 / 3 ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 2. Repeatability ◆ Based on 20 consecutive analyses without alarm from one fresh and normal blood sample. ◆ Run 20 consecutive analyses ◆ Control to have variation coefficients (CV) within the following acceptable limits: X: Mean Xi: Measure value n: Measure number SD: Standard deviation CV is calculated by means of the below formula: 3. Control ◆ Run a Quality Control, as described in the User m

    • Electric & electronic principles Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 23 4.2.18. XBA690A

    • Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS544: Diagnostic tool • Concerns • Enter Serial number -> MAC Adress • Test all hardware features • Required tools • External keyboard • Required products • None • Intervention time • 20 mn • Frequency • On request or after SBC9312 boa

    • Technical Manual — RAA033AEN RAS521 / 7 ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 6.2. Lubrication ◆Unscrew the 6 screws (1) and (2) in order to remove the body cover (3). ◆Pull out the pistons «1», «2» and «3» from the body with their respective O’ring still around. ◆Replace the lyse (FAA036A) and diluent (FAA029A) O’rings by new ones. Spread a little amount of silicone grease between two fingers and apply a very thin film of grease (LAM004A) on the new O’ring. Check the cleanliness of

    • RAS520A RAS520 / 4 Technical Manual — RAA033AEN XEC001A: ABX Micros ES60 bottle XEC002A: ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 Pack Reference Designation Qty DAR006A Fuse 5×20 0.8A T250V 1 DAR012A Fuse 5×20 2A T 250V 2 DAR013A Fuse 5×20 2.5A T250V 2 DAR023A Fuse 5×20 4A 250V 1 EAB032A «T» connector D=1.6 mm T210-6 1 EAE007A Tygon tube 1.52 mm (0.60’’) 2 m EAE009A Tygon tube 2.29 mm (0.090’’) 2 m FAA017A O’ring 30.8×3.6 nit. 70SH 1 FAA029A O’ring 15×1.5 nit. 70SH 1 FAA036A O’ring 6×1.5 Silic. 60SH 2 GBC337A Dust sheet 1 MAB0

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 S02 / 16 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN 3.3.6. Drain / bubbling circuit

    • RAS528A RAS528 / 2 Technical Manual — RAA033AEN 1. Preliminary (20 min.) ◆ Switch on the instrument and run a «Startup» cycle. ◆ Run an «Automatic cleaning» cycle: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «Automatic cleaning» and press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Switch off the instrument, remove the supply cable and open the instrument cover. ◆ Spray the bactericidal cleaner on all assemblies that may provide biologic risks and wait for 10 minutes (assemblies in contact with the operator such as instrument cover, tube hold

    Questions, Opinions and Exploitation Impressions:

    You can ask a question, express your opinion or share our experience of horiba ABX MICROS ES60 device using right now.

    Источник

    • Technical Manual

      P/n: RAA033AEN

      HORIBA ABX SASB.P. 729034184 MONTPELLIER Cedex 4 — FRANCE

      ABX MICROS ES60/ESV60

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      2 — TechnicIntroduction

      Revisions

      This document applies to the latest software version as
      indicated above.When a subsequent software version changes the
      information in this manual, a new section and/

      or sections will be released.

      Notice of liability

      The Information in this manual is distributed on an As Is basis,
      without warranty. While everyprecaution has been taken in the
      preparation of this manual, HORIBA Medical will not assume
      anyliability to any persons or entities with respect to loss or
      damage, caused or alleged to be causeddirectly or indirectly by not
      following the instructions contained in this manual, or by using
      thecomputer software and hardware products described herein in a
      manner inconsistent with ourproduct labeling.

      Potential hazards

      To alert the operator of potentially hazardous conditions, one
      of the bold captioned headingswhich are described below is provided
      wherever necessary throughout this text.

      Graphics

      All graphics including screens and printouts, photographs are
      for illustration purposes only andare not contractual.

      Trademarks

      Other product names mentioned within this publication may be
      registered trademarks of othercompanies.

      Copyright 2009 HORIBA MedicalAll rights reserved. No part of
      this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by
      anymeans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
      otherwise, without the prior writtenpermission of HORIBA
      Medical.

      HORIBA MedicalRue du Caduce — Parc Euromdecine34184 MONTPELLIER
      Cedex 4 — FRANCETel: + 33 (0)4 67 14 15 16Fax: + 33 (0)4 67 14 15
      17

      Index P/n revision Software revision Section DateA RAN033A
      V1.1.X All 12/02/09

      Flags a procedure that if not followed properly, can prove to be
      extremelyhazardous to either the operator or the environment or
      both.

      Emphasizes an operating procedure that must be followed to avoid
      possible damage to the instrument or erroneous test results.

      Emphasizes important information especially helpful to the
      operator before, during or after a specific operational function.al
      Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Introduction1. Operational conditions

      1.1. Environment The operation of the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60
      should be restricted to indoor location use only.

      Instrument is operational at an altitude of maximum 3000 meters
      (9840 feet).

      The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 is designed for safety from voltages
      surges according to INSTALLATIONCATEGORY II and POLLUTION DEGREE 2
      (IEC 61010-1) Please contact your local HORIBA
      Medicalrepresentative for information regarding operation
      locations, when it does not comply with therecommended
      specifications.

      1.2. Location The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 should be placed on a
      clean and leveled table or workbench. Please note that the
      instrument, printer and reagents weigh approximately 20 kilograms
      (44 lbs).Avoid exposure to sunlight. Place your instrument in a
      well-ventilated area. Place your instrument where it is not exposed
      to water or vapor. Place your instrument where it is free from
      vibration or shock. Place your instrument where an independent
      power receptacle can be used.Use a receptacle different from the
      one used by a device that easily generate noise such as a

      centrifuge, etc…

      Provide a space of at least 20 cm (8 inches) at the back of the
      instrument for arranging the powercable and tubings.

      1.3. Grounding Proper grounding is required when installing the
      system. Check the wall outlet ground (Earth) for

      proper grounding to the facilities electrical ground. If you are
      unsure of the outlet grounding,contact your facilities engineer to
      verify the proper outlet ground.

      1.4. Humidity/temperature conditions The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60
      must operate between temperatures of 16C to 30C (61F to 86F).
      Maximum relative humidity 85% for temperature up to 30C (86F)
      without condensation. If it is stored at a temperature less than
      10C (50F), the instrument should stand for 1 hour at

      the correct room temperature before use.

      1.5. Electromagnetic environment check The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60
      has been designed to produce less than the accepted level of

      electromagnetic interference in order to operate in conformity
      with its destination, allowing thecorrect operation of other
      instruments also in conformity with their destination.

      In case of suspected electromagnetic noise, check that the
      instrument has not been placed in theproximity of electromagnetic
      fields or short wave emissions, (i. e. Radar, X-rays, Scanners,
      Cellphones, etc…).

      The power switch and input voltage supply connection should
      always beaccessible. When positioning the system for operational
      use, leave therequired amount of space for easy accessibility to
      these items.Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — 3

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      4 — Technic1.6. Main supplyGrounding is required. Check that the
      earth wall-plug is correctly connected to the laboratory

      grounding system. If there is no such system a ground stake
      should be used.

      Use only main supply cable delivered with the ABX Micros
      ES60/ESV60.Main supply voltage fluctuations must not exceed +/-10%
      of the nominal voltage.

      2. Environmental protection

      2.1. Disposal used accessories and consumablesMust be collected
      by a laboratory specialized in elimination and recycling of this
      kind of material

      according to the local legislation.

      2.2. Disposal ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 instrument It should be
      disposed of, in accordance with local legislation, and should be
      treated as being

      contaminated with blood. The appropriate biological precautions
      should be taken.

      2.3. European Legislation

      2.4. Transportation and storage conditions Condition for storage
      and transportation: Temperature from -20C to +65C (-4F to
      122F).

      If any doubt, please contact your HORIBA Medical representative
      service department.

      In accordance with the European Directive (2002/96/CE, known
      also as W.E.E.E) instruments having the above symbol and sold into
      a European country by HORIBA Medical or an authorised
      representative must be disposed of and recycled correctly at the
      end of its useful life.Due to the local changing regulations in
      each country, please contact your local representative for detailed
      and upto date information on how to appropriately dispose of the
      instrument.

      Prior to the shipping of an instrument by transporter, whatever
      the destination, an external decontamination of the instrument must
      be carried out.al Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Specifications

      Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S01 / 1

      Section 01: Specifications

      1. Specifications
      ………………………………………………………………………………………S01-21.1.
      Parameters……………………………………………………………………………………S01-21.2.
      Instrument specifications
      ………………………………………………………………..S01-31.3.
      Technical
      specifications………………………………………………………………….S01-3

      2. Description
      …………………………………………………………………………………………S01-42.1.
      Overview……………………………………………………………………………………..S01-4

      2.1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT
      ………………………………………………………………S01-42.1.2.
      ABX Micros ES60
      OT………………………………………………………………S01-4

      2.2. Front view (covers
      opened)……………………………………………………………..S01-42.2.1.
      ABX Micros ES60 CT
      ………………………………………………………………S01-42.2.2.
      ABX Micros ES60
      OT………………………………………………………………S01-5

      2.3. Left side view (covers opened)
      …………………………………………………………S01-52.4.
      Rear view
      …………………………………………………………………………………….S01-5

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S01 / 2 — T1. Specifications

      1.1. Parameters- 16 parameters

      — 18 parameters

      Parameter Definition WBC White blood cells LYM% Lymphocyte
      Percentage LYM# Lymphocyte Absolute number MON% Monocyte Percentage
      MON# Monocyte Absolute number GRA% Granulocyte Percentage GRA#
      Granulocyte Absolute number RBC Red blood cells HGB Hemoglobin HCT
      Hematocrit MCV Mean Corpuscular Volume MCH Mean Corpuscular
      Hemoglobin MCHC Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration RDW Red
      cell Distribution Width PLT Platelets MPV Mean Platelet Volume WBC,
      RBC and PLT Distribution Curves

      Parameter Definition WBC White blood cells LYM% Lymphocyte
      Percentage LYM# Lymphocyte Absolute number MON% Monocyte Percentage
      MON# Monocyte Absolute number GRA% Granulocyte Percentage GRA#
      Granulocyte Absolute number RBC Red blood cells HGB Hemoglobin HCT
      Hematocrit MCV Mean Corpuscular Volume MCH Mean Corpuscular
      Hemoglobin MCHC Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration RDW Red
      cell Distribution Width PLT Platelets MPV Mean Platelet Volume PDW*
      Platelet Distribution Width PCT* Plateletcrit WBC, RBC and PLT
      Distribution Curves

      *PDW and PCT have not been established as indications for this
      product, in the United States. The use of PDW and PCT should be
      restricted to Research echnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      Use Only.

    • Specifications1.2. Instrument specifications

      1.3. Technical specifications

      ABX MICROS ES60 (OT/CT)/ ABX MICROS ESV60 (OT)

      Throughput analysisApproximately 60 Samples/hour for the ABX
      Micros ES60 OT, 50 Samples/hour for the ABX Micros ES60 CT and 50
      Samples /hour for the ABX Micros ESV60.

      Minimum sample volumeMinimum blood sample requirement
      50lAnalyzer sample volume 10l

      Dilution ratiosWBC Approximately 1/260 for ABX Micros ES60 and
      1/255 for ABX Micros ESV60RBC/PLT Approximately 1/15000

      Measurements and Computation

      Impedance change for WBC, RBC, PLT.Spectrophotometry for
      HGB.Impedance change for LYM%, MON%, GRA%.Computation from stored
      Data that was directly measured for MCV, MCH, MCHC, RDW, MPV, LYM#,
      MON#, GRA#.

      Counting Aperture Diameter WBC: 80m / RBC: 50m.

      Hemoglobin MeasurementPerformed in the WBC/HGB Chamber.Light
      source LED (Light Emiting Diode) at wavelength 550nm.

      Statistics and Quality Control Extended Quality Control
      package.

      CalibrationAutomatic Calibration procedure.Direct entering of
      Calibration Coefficients.

      Reagents

      ABX Micros ES60:3 Reagents or 1 Pack of Reagents:Diluent: ABX
      Minidil LMG (10L)Cleaner: ABX Miniclean (1L) or ABX Cleaner
      (0.5L)Lyse: ABX Minilyse LMG (1L), ABX Alphalyse (0.4L) or ABX
      Alphalyse 360 (0.36L)Pack all reagents: ABX Minipack LMG (4.2L)ABX
      Micros ESV60: ABX VetPack

      WastesAutomatic disposalWaste handling according to
      Local/National regulations

      ABX MICROS ES60 (OT/CT)/ ABX MICROS ESV60 (OT)Software Designed
      by HORIBA Medical, Installed on a Flash EPROMMemory capacity 1000
      resultsDisplay Operated touch screen, LVDS Screen: 84, 640×480,
      256000 colours

      OutputsHard Copy printing (Internal or external printer)External
      output (RS232)

      Barcode readerC 39, C 128, ITF (2of5), CODABAR, ISBT C128 (for
      ABX Micros ES60 CT only).(External barcode reader optional for ABX
      Micros ES60)

      Internal ticket printer ABX Micros ES60 only

      Power requirements

      Power supply 100V, 240V (+/- 10%) 50/60Hz.Power
      ConsumptionMaximum: 150VA (-30%, +10%)In use: 100VA (-30%,
      +10%)Stand-by mode: 35 VA (-30%, +10%)Heat output 197Kj/h
      (187BTU/h)Height Approximately 430mm (16.9 inches)Technical Manual
      — RAA033AEN — S01 / 3

      Dimensions Width Approximately 360mm (14.2 inches)Depth
      Approximately 360mm (14.2 inches)

      Weight Weight Approximately 17Kgs (37.5 lbs)

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S01 / 4 — T2. Description

      2.1. Overview2.1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT

      2.1.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT

      2.2. Front view (covers opened)2.2.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT

      1- LCD display touchscreen2- Cap piercing mechanism & Tube
      Holder3- Reagent compartment4- Printer5- Barcode reader6- USB
      port

      1- LCD display & touchscreen2- Manual sampling needle3-
      Reagent compartment4- Printer5- USB port

      1- Carriage assembly2- Tube holder3- WBC/HGB chamber4- RBC
      chamber

      1

      52

      3

      4

      6

      1

      3

      2

      4

      5

      2

      1

      43echnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Specifications2.2.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT

      2.3. Left side view (covers opened)

      2.4. Rear view

      1- Carriage assembly2- Sampling needle and analysis start bar3-
      WBC/HGB chamber4- RBC chamber

      1- Diluent temperature sensor2- Liquid syringe3- Valve blocks4-
      Vacuum/waste syringe

      1- 2 RS232 ports2- 2 USB ports3- 1 Jack connector: not
      functional4- 1 PS2 ports5- 1 RJ45 port6- 1 power supply7- 1 Diluent
      input connector8- 1 Waste output connector

      2

      1

      43

      4

      2

      3

      1

      1 2

      3

      4

      5

      7 86Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S01 / 5

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S01 / 6 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles

      Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 1

      Section 02: Hydraulic & pneumatic principles

      1.
      Generalities…………………………………………………………………………………………S02-22.
      ABX Micros ES60 OT
      hydraulic………………………………………………………………S02-3

      2.1. Tubes list
      ……………………………………………………………………………………..S02-32.2.
      Function of
      valves………………………………………………………………………….S02-32.3.
      Hydraulic cycle description
      …………………………………………………………….S02-4

      2.3.1. Atmosphere circuit
      …………………………………………………………………S02-42.3.2.
      Diluent circuit
      ……………………………………………………………………….S02-52.3.3.
      Clean
      circuit………………………………………………………………………….S02-62.3.4.
      Lyse circuit
      ……………………………………………………………………………S02-72.3.5.
      WBC / RBC counting circuit
      …………………………………………………….S02-82.3.6.
      Drain / bubbling circuit
      …………………………………………………………..S02-9

      3. ABX Micros ES60 CT hydraulic
      …………………………………………………………….S02-103.1.
      Tubes list
      ……………………………………………………………………………………S02-103.2.
      Function of
      valves………………………………………………………………………..S02-103.3.
      Hydraulic cycle description
      …………………………………………………………..S02-11

      3.3.1. Atmosphere circuit
      ……………………………………………………………….S02-113.3.2.
      Diluent circuit
      ……………………………………………………………………..S02-123.3.3.
      Clean
      circuit………………………………………………………………………..S02-133.3.4.
      Lyse circuit
      ………………………………………………………………………….S02-143.3.5.
      WBC / RBC counting circuit
      …………………………………………………..S02-153.3.6.
      Drain / bubbling circuit
      …………………………………………………………S02-16

      4. Pneumatic diagrams
      ……………………………………………………………………………S02-174.1.
      ABX Micros ES60 CT bottle version
      ………………………………………………..S02-174.2.
      ABX Micros ES60 CT pack
      version………………………………………………….S02-174.3.
      ABX Micros ES60 OT bottle
      version………………………………………………..S02-174.4.
      ABX Micros ES60 OT pack version
      …………………………………………………S02-17

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 2 — T1. Generalities The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 instrument
      has been designed for simple mechanical operations. 4 stepper
      motors provide movements to mechanical assemblies. Pressure and
      vacuum are provided by the vacuum/waste syringe up and down
      movements (A). Liquid movements are achieved either by means of
      mechanical assembly movements (B) or by

      pressure/vacuum syringe and simultaneous action of specific
      valves.

      Dilution chambersThe diode and the cell of the spectrophotometer
      are glued on the WBC/HGB chamber.Chamber positions can be modified
      in order to obtain the best sampling position possible.

      Dilutions:First dilution is carried out in the WBC/HGB chamber
      (with a bubbling phasis).The RBC blood sample is aspirated from
      this dilution.Lyse is sent from the drain nipple of the WBC/HGB
      chamber.

      Rinse:To obtain the best rinse in the counting heads, diluent is
      sent from the liquid syringes. This is

      A

      B

      WBC chamber RBC/PLT chamberechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      carried out before, between and after the two counts.

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principlesBubbling:Insulators avoid
      polluted liquid overflows during bubbling phasis. They also allows
      an accurateadjustment of the bubbling volume.

      ABX Micros ES60 CT specifics:- The piercing needle is equipped
      with two injectors to obtain a homogeneous diluent flow
      duringneedle rinsing phasis (see procedures RAS188A and RAS187A).-
      Atmosphere is provided to sample tubes to allow a correct
      aspiration of blood.

      2. ABX Micros ES60 OT hydraulic

      2.1. Tubes list

      2.2. Function of valves

      A window on the HGB/WBC chamber allows the needle to move down
      into the chamber and to inject reagents. As important light or
      variation of light can cause HGB result drifts, close instrument
      cover and door before running blood analyses.

      DESIGNATION PART NUMBER DIAMETER

      SLEEVE HPS3 DBD005A 5-9

      T CONNECTOR EAB006B 2.3

      T CONNECTOR EAB032A 1.5

      TUBE CAP EAC017A 2.5

      TYGON TUBE 0.051″ EAE006A 1.30

      TYGON TUBE 0.060″ EAE007A 1.52

      TYGON TUBE 0.081″ EAE008A 2.05

      TYGON TUBE 0.090″ EAE009A 2.28

      SLEEVE GAL098A

      TUBE SHIELD GBC088A 4.4

      GROUND FITTING GAA162A

      METALLIC SHEATH (Pack model only) GBC170A 5.2

      TEFFLON TUBE (2 meter) EAE061AS 1.32×1.93

      Valve number Functions1 Controls the lyse distribution2 Cancels
      the pressure/vacuum in the pressure/vacuum syringe4 Controls the
      cleaner input in the WBC counting head during the rinsing5 Controls
      the drain of the pressure/vacuum syringe6 Activates the vacuum
      needed in the WBC/RBC counting heads7 Controls the diluent input in
      the RBC counting head during the rinsing8 Controls the aspiration
      of the diluent/air input inside the needle rinse block10 Controls
      the diluent inside the aspiration needle11 Controls the diluent
      distribution12 Controls the drain of the WBC chamberTechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 3

      13 Controls the drain of the RBC chamber

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 4 — T2.3. Hydraulic cycle description2.3.1. Atmosphere
      circuitechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles2.3.2. Diluent
      circuitTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 5

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 6 — T2.3.3. Clean circuitechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles2.3.4. Lyse circuitTechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 7

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 8 — T2.3.5. WBC / RBC counting circuitechnical Manual —
      RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles2.3.6. Drain / bubbling
      circuitTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 9

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 10 — 3. ABX Micros ES60 CT hydraulic

      3.1. Tubes list

      3.2. Function of valves

      DESIGNATION PART NUMBER DIAMETER

      T CONNECTOR EAB006B 2.3

      STRAIGHT CONNECTOR EAB015B 1.5/2.5

      T CONNECTOR EAB032A 1.5

      TUBE CAP EAC017A 2.5

      TYGON TUBE 0.040″ EAE005A 1.02

      TYGON TUBE 0.060″ EAE007A 1.52

      TYGON TUBE 0.081″ EAE008A 2.05

      TYGON TUBE 0.090″ EAE009A 2.28

      SILICON TUBE EAE025A 1.5/3.5

      SLEEVE GAL098A

      TUBE SHIELD GBC088A 4.4

      GROUND FITTING GAA162A

      METALLIC SHEATH (Pack model only) GBC170A 5.2

      Valve number Functions

      1 Controls the lyse distribution

      2 Cancels the pressure/vacuum in the pressure/vacuum syringe

      3 Air input inside the needle rinse block

      4 Controls the cleaner input in the WBC counting head during the
      rinsing

      5 Controls the drain of the pressure/vacuum syringe

      6 Activates the vacuum needed in the WBC/RBC counting heads

      7 Controls the diluent input in the RBC counting head during the
      rinsing

      8 Controls the aspiration of the diluent/air input inside the
      needle rinse block

      9 Routes the diluent distribution to the inside or outside of
      the piercing needle

      10 Controls the diluent inside the aspiration needle

      11 Controls the diluent distribution

      12 Controls the drain of the WBC chamber

      13 Controls the drain of the RBC chamberTechnical Manual —
      RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles3.3. Hydraulic cycle
      description3.3.1. Atmosphere circuitTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN —
      S02 / 11

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 12 — 3.3.2. Diluent circuitTechnical Manual —
      RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles3.3.3. Clean
      circuitTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 13

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 14 — 3.3.4. Lyse circuitTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles3.3.5. WBC / RBC counting
      circuitTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 15

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 16 — 3.3.6. Drain / bubbling circuitTechnical Manual —
      RAA033AEN

    • Hydraulic & pneumatic principles4. Pneumatic diagrams

      4.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT bottle versionsee following pages

      4.2. ABX Micros ES60 CT pack versionsee following pages

      4.3. ABX Micros ES60 OT bottle versionsee following pages

      4.4. ABX Micros ES60 OT pack versionsee following pagesTechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S02 / 17

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S02 / 18 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles

      Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 1

      Section03: Electric & electronic principles

      1. Main
      board………………………………………………………………………………………….S03-21.1.
      Test points
      ……………………………………………………………………………………S03-21.2.
      General
      view………………………………………………………………………………..S03-3

      2. SBC9312 board
      ……………………………………………………………………………………S03-43.
      USB
      board…………………………………………………………………………………………..S03-44.
      Connections
      ………………………………………………………………………………………..S03-5

      4.1. Connection table
      …………………………………………………………………………..S03-54.2.
      Cables, flat cables, motors and sensors
      ……………………………………………..S03-6

      4.2.1. DAD075A
      …………………………………………………………………………….S03-64.2.2.
      DAD076A
      …………………………………………………………………………….S03-74.2.3.
      DAD138A
      …………………………………………………………………………….S03-84.2.4.
      DAD140A
      …………………………………………………………………………….S03-94.2.5.
      DAL008A
      ……………………………………………………………………………S03-104.2.6.
      XBA199A
      ……………………………………………………………………………S03-114.2.7.
      XBA250A
      ……………………………………………………………………………S03-124.2.8.
      XBA272B…………………………………………………………………………….S03-134.2.9.
      XBA275A
      ……………………………………………………………………………S03-144.2.10.
      XBA281A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-154.2.11.
      XBA319B…………………………………………………………………………..S03-164.2.12.
      XBA363A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-174.2.13.
      XBA365A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-184.2.14.
      XBA686A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-194.2.15.
      XBA687A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-204.2.16.
      XBA688A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-214.2.17.
      XBA689A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-224.2.18.
      XBA690A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-234.2.19.
      XBA691A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-244.2.20.
      XBA692A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-254.2.21.
      XBA697A
      ………………………………………………………………………….S03-264.2.22.
      XDA472D
      …………………………………………………………………………S03-27

      5.
      Synoptics…………………………………………………………………………………………..S03-28

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 2 — T1. Main board

      1.1. Test points

      AdjustmentTest point Ground Potentiometer Target value

      WBC line adjustment TP9 Factory adjusted

      WBC threshold TP10 TP31 R68280 mV +/-7(826 mV +/-7 for ABX
      Micros ESV60)

      RBC line adjustment TP14 Factory adjusted

      RBC threshold TP13 TP31 R75400 mV +/-7(350 mV +/-7 for ABX
      Micros ESV60)

      PLT line adjustment TP18 Factory adjustedPLT threshold TP16 TP31
      R82 180 mV +/-3Power supply (check) TP20 TP31 No adjustment -12 V
      +/- 0.5

      TP21 TP31 No adjustment +12 V +/- 0.4TP23 TP31 No adjustment +5
      V +/-0.2TP22 TP31 No adjustment +24 V +2.5/-1

      Liquid syringe motor voltage

      TP35 TP31 R186 2.5V +/- 0.05

      Air syringe motor voltage

      TP36 TP31 R195 2.5V +/- 0.05

      Carriage motor voltage TP37 TP31 R177 1.5V +/- 0.05Needle motor
      voltage TP38 TP31 R168 1.0V +/- 0.05Aperture voltage (check)

      TP19 TP31 No adjustment 60V -1.5/+2.8echnical Manual —
      RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles

      20

      23

      T sensor

      Drain

      EV

      EV

      Com &

      Start cycle

      Pierc

      not used

      Power

      Printer

      HGB

      ee

      assembly

      supply

      sensor

      OT:1,2,4,5,6

      OT: 7,8,10-13

      switch

      Dimmingboard

      CT: 7, 9-13

      CT: 1,2,3,4,5,6,8

      (CT mo

      not used1.2. General view

      R80R89 R

      86

      R82 R16 R73

      R87

      R75

      R81

      R74

      R68

      R16

      8

      R17

      7

      R18

      6

      R19

      5

      R5

      R97

      TP38

      TP37

      TP35

      TP36

      TP3

      TP29TP30TP31TP

      12TP

      17TP

      8

      TP2 TP1

      TP15

      TP33TP11

      TP13

      TP16TP14 TP25

      TP9

      TP24

      TP10

      TP34

      TP7TP28

      TPTP22

      TPTP21

      TP27

      TP19

      TP6

      TP18

      TP26 TP32

      TP4

      J11

      J17

      J22

      J13

      J35

      J36

      J4 J10 J3 J9 J8 J7J2 J1 J37

      J26

      J5

      J21J38 J39

      E10

      E7

      E6

      E3

      E4E1

      J31

      DS6DS3DS4DS5

      DS1

      +5V

      Ground

      +24V

      +12V-12V

      RBC Pulse Process

      Threshold

      Gain

      WBC Pulse Process

      Gain

      Threshold

      PLT Pulse Process

      Gain

      Threshold

      HGB

      AperturVoltag

      RBC Coax WBC Coax

      Address selector

      Supplies

      Air Syringe Liquid Syringe Carriage Needle

      J6J30Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 3

      erAIR SYRINGE

      SensorLIQUID SYRINGEMotor Sensor

      CARRIAGESensorMotor

      NEEDLESensorMotorMotor

      del)

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 4 — T

      DAD

      mainto J2

      XBA

      inveto D

      XBA

      VGAto C

      nter

      toeen

      to

      tornal

      rd2. SBC9312 board

      3. USB board

      J5J3J2 J4J6 J29

      J15

      J9

      J8

      J17

      J14

      J10

      J12

      J27

      J28J25

      J19

      J2

      J3

      J1

      +

      —

      LAN PS2 KeyboardUSB host — RS232C Power supply

      138A

      board2 on

      687A

      rter boardC-AC

      686A

      screenN1 on

      IDE flash moduleDAD140A

      barcode reader (CT model)to internal

      XBA691A

      internal prito J4 on

      XBA688Atouch scr

      XBA689AJ2 on

      XBA690A

      printerJ5 on inte

      XBA697A Backlight wire

      Stereo audio outBarcodereader

      USB boaechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4. Connections

      4.1. Connection table

      From To Reference

      Power supplyJ26 on master board (XAA355E)J29 on SBC9312 board
      (XAA586C)

      XBA692A

      RBC Chamber J38 on master board (XAA355E) XBA723AHGB photometer
      J39 on master board (XAA355E) XDA472BWBC chamber J21 on master
      board (XAA355E) XBA722ATemperature sensor J11 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA281AVertical carriage motor J1 on master board
      (XAA355E) DAL008AVertical carriage home sensor J7 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA250AHorizontal carriage motor J2 on master board
      (XAA355E) DAL008AHorizontal carriage home sensor J8 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA250AWaste/Vacuum syringe motor J4 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA273ASWaste/Vacuum syringe home sensor J10 on master
      board (XAA355E) XBA319BDilution syringe motor J3 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA273ASDilution syringe home sensor J9 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA319BRBC/WBC/Waste drain sensor J13 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA199AStart cycle switch J30 on master board (XAA355E)
      XBA278APiercing assembly (CT model only) J6 on master board
      (XAA355E) XBA275AJ1 on 5 valves assembly J35 on master board
      (XAA355E) DAD076AJ1 on 6 valves assembly J36 on master board
      (XAA355E) DAD075AJ2 on 5 valves assembly 2 valves assembly (CT
      model only) XBA363AJ22 on master board (XAA355E) J1 on Com &
      dimming board (XAA581A) DAD138AJ2 on Com & dimming board
      (XAA581A) J8 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) XBA697AJ10 on SBC9312 board
      (XAA586C) J2 on USB board (XAA580A) XBA689AJ3 on Com &dimming
      board (XAA581A) CN1 on DC-AC inverter (ABC009A) XBA687AJ19 on
      SBC9312 board (XAA586C) CN1 on VGA screen XBA686AJ17 on SBC9312
      board (XAA586C) Touch screen XBA688AJ28 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C)
      Barcode reader CBC016A (CT model only) DAD140AJ9 on SBC9312 board
      (XAA586C) J5 on Thermal printer XBA690AJ27 on SBC9312 board
      (XAA586C) J4 on Thermal printer XBA691ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN
      — S03 / 5

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 6 — T4.2. Cables, flat cables, motors and sensors4.2.1.
      DAD075Aechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.2. DAD076ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 7

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 8 — T4.2.3. DAD138Aechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.4. DAD140ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 9

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 10 — 4.2.5. DAL008ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.6. XBA199ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 11

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 12 — 4.2.7. XBA250ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.8. XBA272BTechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 13

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 14 — 4.2.9. XBA275ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.10. XBA281ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 15

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 16 — 4.2.11. XBA319BTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.12. XBA363ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 17

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 18 — 4.2.13. XBA365ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.14. XBA686ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 19

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 20 — 4.2.15. XBA687ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.16. XBA688ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 21

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 22 — 4.2.17. XBA689ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.18. XBA690ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 23

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 24 — 4.2.19. XBA691ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.20. XBA692ATechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 25

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 26 — 4.2.21. XBA697ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Electric & electronic principles4.2.22. XDA472DTechnical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S03 / 27

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S03 / 28 — 5. Synoptics See synoptic diagrams on next
      page.Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Analysis cycle technology

      Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S04 / 1

      Section04: Analysis cycle technology

      1. Measuring principles
      …………………………………………………………………………….S04-21.1.
      WBC and differential count
      …………………………………………………………….S04-2

      1.1.1. General counting principles
      …………………………………………………….S04-21.1.2.
      Differential Measuring
      principles………………………………………………S04-2

      1.2. RBC/PLT
      ………………………………………………………………………………………S04-41.3.
      Hemoglobin measurement
      principle…………………………………………………S04-51.4.
      Hematocrit measurement
      principle…………………………………………………..S04-61.5.
      RDW calculation
      …………………………………………………………………………..S04-61.6.
      MCV, MCH, MCHC calculation
      ………………………………………………………S04-61.7.
      Measuring the MPV:
      ………………………………………………………………………S04-61.8.
      Calculating the PCT:
      ………………………………………………………………………S04-61.9.
      Calculating the
      PDW:…………………………………………………………………….S04-6

      2. ABX Micros ES60 CT cycle description
      ……………………………………………………S04-72.1.
      Cycle start
      condition………………………………………………………………………S04-72.2.
      Cap piercing
      …………………………………………………………………………………S04-72.3.
      Sampling
      ……………………………………………………………………………………..S04-72.4.
      Needle
      rinses………………………………………………………………………………..S04-82.5.
      Dilutions………………………………………………………………………………………S04-82.6.
      Counts
      …………………………………………………………………………………………S04-9

      3. ABX Micros ES60 OT cycle
      description………………………………………………….S04-103.1.
      Cycle start
      condition…………………………………………………………………….S04-103.2.
      Sampling
      ……………………………………………………………………………………S04-103.3.
      Outer sampling needle rinse
      ………………………………………………………….S04-103.4.
      WBC/HGB chamber rinse & HGB blank
      measure……………………………..S04-103.5.
      Dilutions…………………………………………………………………………………….S04-113.6.
      Counts
      ……………………………………………………………………………………….S04-12

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S04 / 2 — T1. Measuring principles

      1.1. WBC and differential count1.1.1. General counting
      principles

      The WBC measurement principles are the same as the RBC/PLT
      measuring principles. The WBC countis performed in the WBC/HGB
      chamber. The electronic signal-processing device places an
      electronicthreshold between the WBC and PLT signals. The electronic
      pulses for the WBC are then placed into256 channels according to
      their pulse size. The pulses are then thresholded, grouped and
      thenmathematically calculated to create a numerical value for the
      determination of the WBCs.

      1.1.2. Differential Measuring principles

      The Diluent preserves and prepares the WBC cell membrane for
      differentiation reaction. The Lyse hasspecific reactions with each
      sub-population of the WBC cytoplasmic membranes.

      When the Lyse reacts with the Lymphocytes cytoplasmic membranes,
      it allows the release ofwater-soluble cytoplasm and shrinks the
      cell membrane around the nucleus.

      When the Lyse reacts with the Monocytes cytoplasmic membranes,
      it has an intermediate reaction,maintaining its large size in
      comparison to the Lymphocytes.

      When the Lyse reacts with the Granulocytes cytoplasmic
      membranes, it has a limited reaction dueto a molecule in their
      cytoplasmic structure which protects them from the shrinking action
      of thelyse. This limited reaction makes the Granulocytes the
      largest of the sub-populations in the celldifferentiation.

      After the differential lysing action, the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60
      analyzes the height of each pulse asthe cells pass through the
      micro-aperture in the WBC chamber. These pulses are then
      channelized,thresholded, grouped according to their size, ( 30fL to
      > 450fL), and calculated mathematically tocreate the WBC
      distribution curve, which is also known as the WBC Histogram.

      The 3 sub-populations of WBCs are placed according to the number
      of cells and the size of cells ineach sub-population. The
      distribution of WBCs are as followed:

      Lymphocytes (30fL to 100fL)Monocytes (100fL to
      150fL)Granulocytes (150fL to 450fL)

      This differentiation term is also known as LMGs.

      Cells passing through the WBC aperture creating electronic
      pulses.

      Pulse height

      Time

      Lymphocytes

      MonocytesGranulocytesechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Analysis cycle technology Technical characteristics for the WBC
      count:

      DilutionInitial blood volume 10 lVol. ABX Diluent 2100 lVol.
      Lyse 520l for ABX Micros ES60 and 470l for ABX Micros ESV60Final
      dilution ratio 1/260 for ABX Micros ES60 and 1/255 for ABX Micros
      ESV60

      MeasurementMethod ImpedanceRuby diameter 80mDepression of count
      200mbDuration of the count 2 (or 3)x6 sec.

      Cells are grouped according to the number of cells and the cell
      size.

      Pulses are electronically calculated and smoothed to produce the
      WBC distribution curve.

      ResultsNumber of cells counted per volume unit x calibration
      coefficient

      HistogramsDistribution curves on 256 counting channels from 30fl
      to 450fl.

      Number of cells

      Cell volume

      Number of cells

      Cell volumeTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S04 / 3

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S04 / 4 — T

      e

      lse1.2. RBC/PLT The RBCs and PLTs are measured by an electronic
      impedance variation principle. This means that an electronic field
      is generated around the micro-aperture within the chamber in which
      the blood cells are pulled through.

      The sample is diluted with an electrolytic Diluent (electronic
      current conducting fluid), mixed then pulled through a calibrated
      micro-aperture. Two electrodes are placed on either side of the
      aperture and electric current continuously passes between the two
      electrodes.

      As the blood cells pass through the aperture, they create
      resistance (Impedance) in the electronic field between the two
      electrodes. The voltage, which measures the cells, is proportional
      to the size of the cell. Since the current is constant and remains
      unchanged, the larger the cell is, the more resistance it has. The
      smaller the cell is, the less resistance it has.

      These electronic voltages vary in pulse size as the cells pass
      through the aperture. The pulses are amplified, channeled according
      to size and threshold, grouped and then mathematically calculated
      along with the calibration coefficients to give a final numerical
      value for both RBCs and PLTs.

      ResultsNumber of cells counted per volume unit x calibration
      coefficient

      HistogramsRBC: Distribution curves on 256 counting channels from
      30fl to 300fl.

      PLT: Distribution curves on 128 channels from 2fl to a mobile
      threshold.This threshold moves according to the microcyte
      population present in the analysis area.

      RBC distribution curve:

      PLT distribution curve:

      Pulse height

      Number of cells

      Number of cells

      Time

      Cell volume

      Cell volume

      Analogue convertion

      Data integration and plottingof RBC distribution curv

      RBC

      RBC pulse

      PLT pu

      Number of cells

      Number of cells

      Analogue convertion

      Data integration and plottingof PLT distribution curve

      Cell volumeechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      Cell volumePLT

    • Analysis cycle technology Technical characteristics for the RED
      BLOOD CELL and PLATELET count:Dilution

      First dilution volume used 28.3 l: rate 1/170Vol. ABX Diluent
      2500 lFinal dilution rate 1/15000

      MeasurementMethod ImpedanceRuby diameter 50mDepression of count
      200mbDuration of the count 2 (or 3)x6 sec.

      ResultsNumber of cells counted per volume unit x Calibration
      coefficient

      1.3. Hemoglobin measurement principleDuring the Startup cycle,
      an HGB blank test sequence including 2 blank measures is run. If
      thedifference between these two measures is too important, a third
      measure is performed.

      Every cycle, an HGB blank is carried out on diluent and compared
      to the previous HGB blank analysis.Lyse reagent is added to the
      first dilution in the WBC/HGB chamber.

      LyseThis reagent contains potassium ferrocyanide [Fe(CN)]K and
      potassium cyanide [KCN].The hemoglobin freed by the lysis of the
      red blood cells combines with the potassium cyanide toform the
      chromogenous cyanmethemoglobin compound.The compound is then
      measured by spectrophotometry, through the optical part of the
      WBC/HGBchamber, with a wave length of 550 nm.

      Technical characteristics for the measurement of the
      hemoglobin:Dilution

      Initial blood volume 10 lVol. ABX Diluent 2100 lVol. Lyse 520l
      for ABX Micros ES60 and 470l for ABX Micros ESV60Final dilution
      ratio 1/260 for ABX Micros ES60 and 1/255 for ABX Micros ESV60

      MeasurementMethod PhotometryWavelength 550nm

      ResultAbsorbance value obtained x coefficient of calibration

      HGB reference blank sequence will be carried out prior to an
      analysis to come. If the operator:- Has left system more than 10
      minutes after analysis.- Has not carried out the Startup cycle
      after switching on the system.Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S04 /
      5

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S04 / 6 — T1.4. Hematocrit measurement principleThe height of
      the impulse generated by the passage of a cell through the
      micro-aperture is directlyproportional to the volume of the
      analyzed RBC.The hematocrit is measured as a function of the
      numeric integration of the MCV.

      1.5. RDW calculationThe RDW (Red cell Distribution Width) is
      used to determine erythrocyte abnormalities linked
      toAnisocytosis.The RDW will enable the user to follow the evolution
      of the width of the curve in relation to the cellnumber and average
      volume.The RDW is also a calculation from the RBC histogram, as
      follow:

      K = system constantSD = Determined standard deviation according
      to statistical studies on cell distribution.MCV = Mean Corpuscular
      Volume of erythrocytes

      1.6. MCV, MCH, MCHC calculationMCV (Mean Cell Volume) is
      calculated directly from the entire RBC histogram.MCH (Mean
      Corpuscular Hemoglobin) is calculated from the HGB value and the
      RBC count.

      The Mean HGB weight in each RBC is given by the formula:MCH (pg)
      = HGB/RBC x 10

      MCHC (Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration) is calculated
      according to the HGB and HCTvalues.The Mean HGB concentration in
      the total volume of RBC is given by the formula:

      MCHC (g/dL) = HGB/HCT x 100

      1.7. Measuring the MPV: MPV (Mean Platelet Volume) is directly
      derived from the analysis of the platelet distribution curve.The
      MPV is expressed in m3 or fl.

      1.8. Calculating the PCT:Thrombocrit is calculated according to
      the following formula:

      1.9. Calculating the PDW:This count is derived from the platelet
      curve.PDW (Platelet Distribution Curve)= Width of the curve between
      15% of the number of plateletsstarting from 2 fl (S1) and 15% of
      the number of platelets beginning with the variable top
      threshold(S2) as shown on next diagram:

      RDW = MCVKSD

      PCT%=PLT(103 /L) x MPV(fL)

      1000echnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      S2S1

    • Analysis cycle technology2. ABX Micros ES60 CT cycle
      description

      2.1. Cycle start condition

      2.2. Cap piercing Carriage motion over the WBC/HGB
      chamber.WBC/HGB chamber drain: Aspiration by means of the vacuum
      syringe raise.

      HGB blank measure (beep triggered). Carriage return over the
      piercing device.Atmosphere is provided inside the tube: Liquid
      valve #3 is activated. Cap piercing:

      — Sampling holder rises in the upper position.- The needle
      pierces the tube cap.

      2.3. Sampling Sampling needle moves down to the lower position
      (inside the tube).

      Needle 1 in the sampling position.

      RBC chamber 2 filled with 2.5 mL of diluent.

      WBC/HGB chamber 3 filled with 2.5 mL of diluent.

      Liquid syringes 4 in standby position.

      Vacuum syringe 5 in the lower position.

      Diluent injection into the WBC/HGB chamber through the channels
      (A) and (B):

      — Diluent is delivered by means of the liquidsyringes raise.

      Aspiration of 10 L of blood sample:- The liquid syringes
      assembly movesdown and pulls down the samplingsyringe 1.

      123

      4

      5Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S04 / 7

      123

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S04 / 8 — T The sampling needle comes back in the upper
      position. RBC chamber drain. Counting head rinse. Carriage motion
      over the WBC/HGB chamber. Sampling holder door opens.WBC/HGB
      chamber drain.

      2.4. Needle rinses

      WBC/HGB chamber drain. The sampling needle moves down into the
      WBC/HGB chamber.

      2.5. Dilutions Injection of 1.7 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB
      chamber + injection of 10 L of blood sample:

      Raise of the liquide syringe:- delivers 0.5 mL of diluent from
      the outer sampling needle (B)- injects 1.2 mL of diluent + blood
      sample from the inner sampling needle ( C).

      Bubbling (by means of vacuum syringe downward motion). Sampling
      needle moves up.Outer needle short aspiration (dries the needle).
      Sampling needle moves back in the chamber.Aspiration of 30 L of
      diluted blood (dilution 1/170). Sampling needle moves up. Injection
      of 0.4 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber

      Raise of the liquide syringes (D):- delivers 0.4 mL of diluent
      from the outer sampling needle (B).

      Carriage motion over the RBC chamber.

      The liquid syringe 2 sends diluent for rinse through the outer
      piercing needle A and inner piercing needle B.

      — A: Piercing needle outer channel- B: Sampling needle outer
      channel- C: Sampling needle inner channel

      The polluted diluent is sent to the WBC/HGB chamber.

      WBC/HGB chamber drain.Second needle rinses.

      The piercing needle inner rinse is equivalent to the sampling
      needle outer rinse.echnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      Sampling needle moves down to the RBC chamber. Lyse injection
      into the WBC/HGB chamber + bubbling:

    • Analysis cycle technologyThe liquid syringes raise and the
      syringe 1 delivers lyse via the WBC chamber bottom.

      FINAL DILUTION in the WBC CHAMBER:- ABX Micros ES60: 1.7 mL +
      0.4 mL diluent + 0.52 mL of lyse = 1/260.- ABX Micros ESV60: 1.7 mL
      + 0.4mL diluent + 0.47 mL of lyse = 1/255.

      Injection of 2.5 mL of diluent into the RBC chamber + injection
      of 30 L of diluted blood:The liquid syringes raise:- delivers 0.5
      mL diluent via the outer sampling needle.- injects diluted blood
      from the inner needle + 2 ml of diluent.

      FINAL DILUTION in the RBC CHAMBER: — 30 L of diluted blood at
      1/170 + 2.5 mL diluent.(1/170) * (30/2500) = 1/15000

      Bubbling. Sampling needle moves up. Carriage motion over the
      WBC/HGB chamber. Counting head rinse.

      2.6. Counts First counts (beep triggered). Counting head rinse.
      Second counts (beep triggered).

      Counting head rinse.WBC chamber drain.Diluent injection into the
      WBC chamber from the outer sampling needle.RBC chamber drain.
      Carriage motion over the RBC chamber.Diluent injection into the RBC
      chamber from the outer sampling needle. Carriage & needle
      motions back to the initial positions.Results display and printed
      out.

      A third count (C3) is carried out if the difference between
      first (C1) and second count (C2) is not within acceptable
      limits:WBC:If C1 or C2 > 3000, C3 is carried out if difference
      between C1 and C2 > 7%.If Max C1 or C2 < 3000, C3 is carried
      out if difference between C1 and C2 > 9%.RBC:If C1 or C2 >
      16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 5%.If
      Max C1 or C2 < 16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1
      and C2 > 8%.PLT:If C1 or C2 > 400, C3 is carried out if
      difference between C1 and C2 > 15%.If Max C1 or C2 < 400, C3
      is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 20%.Technical
      Manual — RAA033AEN — S04 / 9

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S04 / 10 — 3. ABX Micros ES60 OT cycle description

      3.1. Cycle start condition

      3.2. Sampling

      3.3. Outer sampling needle rinse

      3.4. WBC/HGB chamber rinse & HGB blank measure Sampling
      carriage transfer over the WBC/HGB chamber. Counting head
      rinse:

      Diluent is delivered by means of the liquid syringes raise.

      Needle 1 in the sampling position.

      RBC chamber 2 filled with 2.5 mL of diluent.

      WBC/HGB chamber 3 filled with 2.5 mL of diluent.

      Liquid syringes 4 in standby position.

      Vacuum syringe 5 in the lower position.

      Aspiration of 10 L of blood sample:- The liquid syringes
      assembly movesdown and pulls down the samplingsyringe 1.

      The sampling needle moves up.During this motion, the liquid
      syringe 2

      sends diluent for rinse through the rinsing block (A).

      The polluted diluent is aspirated from the upper tube by means
      of the vacuum syringe raise.

      123

      4

      5

      123

      ATechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      WBC/HGB chamber drain:Aspiration by means of the vacuum syringe
      raise.

    • Analysis cycle technologyWBC/HGB chamber drain (second
      time).Diluent is delivered from the outer needle (second time).HGB
      blank measure (beep triggered).RBC and WBC/HGB chamber drains.

      3.5. Dilutions Sampling needle moves down to the WBC/HGB
      chamber. Injection of 1.7 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber +
      injection of 10 L of blood sample:

      Raise of the liquide syringe:- delivers 0.5 mL of diluent from
      the outer sampling needle.- injects 1.2 mL of diluent + blood
      sample from the inner sampling needle.

      Bubbling (by means of vacuum syringe downward motion). Sampling
      needle moves up.Outer needle short aspiration (dries the needle).
      Sampling needle moves back in the chamber.Aspiration of 30 L of
      diluted blood (dilution 1/170). Sampling needle moves up. Injection
      of 0.4 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber

      Raise of the liquide syringes (D):- delivers 0.4 mL of diluent
      from the outer sampling needle (B).

      Outer needle aspiration Carriage motion over the RBC chamber.
      Sampling needle moves down into the RBC chamber. Lyse injection
      into the WBC/HGB chamber + bubbling:

      The liquid syringes raise and the syringe 1 delivers lyse via
      the WBC chamber bottom.

      FINAL DILUTION in the WBC CHAMBER:- ABX Micros ES60: 1.7 mL +
      0.4 mL diluent + 0.52 mL of lyse = 1/260.- ABX Micros ESV60: 1.7 mL
      + 0.4mL diluent + 0.47 mL of lyse = 1/255.

      Injection of 2.5 mL of diluent into the RBC chamber + injection
      of 30 L of diluted blood:The liquid syringes raise:

      Needle motion downward of a few steps.Diluent is delivered from
      the rinsing block:

      -The liquid syringes move up and a flow ofdiluent is delivered
      to the chamber via theouter needle.Technical Manual — RAA033AEN —
      S04 / 11

      — delivers 0.5 mL diluent via the outer sampling needle.-
      injects diluted blood from the inner needle + 2 ml of diluent.

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S04 / 12 — FINAL DILUTION in the RBC CHAMBER: — 30 L of diluted
      blood at 1/170 + 2.5 mL diluent.(1/170) * (30/2500) = 1/15000

      Bubbling. Sampling needle moves up. Carriage motion over the
      WBC/HGB chamber. Counting head rinse.

      3.6. Counts First counts (beep triggered). Counting head rinse.
      Second counts (beep triggered).

      Counting head rinse.WBC chamber drain.Diluent injection into the
      WBC chamber from the outer sampling needle. RBC chamber drain.
      Carriage motion over the RBC chamber.Diluent injection into the RBC
      chamber from the outer sampling needle. Carriage & needle
      motions back to the initial positions. Results display and printed
      out.

      A third count (C3) is carried out if the difference between
      first (C1) and second count (C2) is not within acceptable
      limits:WBC:If C1 or C2 > 3000, C3 is carried out if difference
      between C1 and C2 > 7%.If Max C1 or C2 < 3000, C3 is carried
      out if difference between C1 and C2 > 9%.RBC:If C1 or C2 >
      16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 5%.If
      Max C1 or C2 < 16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1
      and C2 > 8%.PLT:If C1 or C2 > 400, C3 is carried out if
      difference between C1 and C2 > 15%.If Max C1 or C2 < 400, C3
      is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 20%.Technical
      Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Software version

      Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S05 / 1

      Section05: Software version

      1. Maintenance menu overview
      …………………………………………………………………S05-2

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S05 / 2 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

      1. Maintenance menu overview

      PressureBubblingTemperature

      Photometer

      Needle homeCarriage home (CT)Needle heightNeedle depht
      (CT)Carriage positionWBC

      RBC/PLT

      Production modeUS / Standard modeReagents modeModel

      Date / HourNetworkSleepSound Language

      KeyboardDate formatSeparatorHelp update

      BarcodePrinterLIS

      EditionCreationDeletionUnits

      Species (Vet)LimitsAlarmsRunningIdentification

      AffectationImportDefaultDeletion

      Config.ParametersHeaders

      Auto cyclesOn/Off auto

      NeedleCarriageLiquid syringeVacuum syringeValvesPiercing motor
      (CT)Door opening (CT)

      Current TemperatureAperture voltagesBurning

      All reagents primingBackflushChambers drainingConcentrated
      cleaningAutomatic cleaning

      Adjustments

      Configuration

      Mechanical cycles

      Customers services

    • Alarm & error list

      Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 1

      Section 06: Alarm & error list

      1.
      Alarms………………………………………………………………………………………………..S06-21.1.
      Alarms non triggered by
      errors…………………………………………………………S06-21.2.
      Alarms triggered by
      errors……………………………………………………………….S06-3

      2. Errors
      …………………………………………………………………………………………………S06-42.1.
      Errors listed by
      n…………………………………………………………………………..S06-42.2.
      Erros listed by topics
      …………………………………………………………………….S06-10

      2.2.1. QC
      …………………………………………………………………………………….S06-102.2.2.
      Printer
      ………………………………………………………………………………..S06-102.2.3.
      Barcode………………………………………………………………………………S06-102.2.4.
      Software, connection and
      communication………………………………..S06-112.2.5.
      Mechanical and service cycles
      ……………………………………………….S06-13

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S06 / 2 — T

      he

      te

      ce a

      .1. AlarmsWhen an alarm is triggered on the instrument, the
      status button blinks. Press «Status» button to display the «Status»
      area.

      The alarms are sorted by 5 categories (A). Press the
      corresponding category button to display thealarm messages.

      1.1. Alarms non triggered by errors

      Alarm N

      Alarm Description and action

      1 XB Drift A statistic dot is out of limits (the alarm is
      enable/desable depending of tfollowing batch result).Suggested
      action: Check XB data in QC menu XB screen.

      2Inter QC time limit

      Inter QC time set elapsed. Suggested action: Run the appropriate
      control.

      3 Invalid QC Check the last QC result in QC menu and rerun the
      appropriacontrol if necessary.

      4 Cycle cancelled by user Run a startup cycle directly from this
      status screen.

      7 Startup cycle failed

      The cycle has not been able to be completely performed or: No
      result received or:No previous result to displaySuggested action:
      Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen.

      10Reagent temperature error

      A reagent is not at the correct temperature:Run a startup cycle
      directly from this status screen.

      12 Reagent %s expired

      Check %s expiration date in Maintenance menuReagent screen. If
      necessary, replace the appropriate reagent by another lot number,
      run priming cycle from reagent screen and run a Startup cycle. (%s
      = Lyse, Diluent, Cleaner or Pack)»

      13 Low reagent level %s»Check%s level in Maintenance menu
      Reagent screen. If necessary, replathe appropriate reagent , run
      priming cycle from reagent screen and runStartup cycle. (%s = Lyse,
      Diluent, Cleaner or Pack)»

      14%s archive should be archived

      Archive the %s category in the Maintenance menu Archive screen
      by connecting a USB key on the analyser.

      15 Bar code reader error Restart the analyser (Logout
      screenShutdownRestart).18 LIS connection error Check the
      connection with the LIS or its availability or its
      configuration

      Aechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      19 Printer queue full More than 3 print jobs pending. Wait or
      check the status of your printer.

      20 Print errorAn error occurred during the last print job. Check
      the status of your printer and consult the error log.

    • Alarm & error list1.2. Alarms triggered by errorsRefer to
      the 2.1.Errors listed by n table to see the corresponding
      error(s).

      Alarm N

      Alarm Description and action corresponding error n

      5 Critical cycle error Run a startup cycle directly from this
      status screen.

      9596979899100101102103104105106107108

      6 Invalid startup cycle

      Parameters WBC , RBC , HGB & PLT > startup limitsorDelay
      between 2 analyses (X hour adjustable) is over.orTechnician ask for
      a restart without Shutdown.Suggested action:Run a startup cycle
      directly from this status screen.

      94

      8Analyser connection failed

      The connection with the analyzer is not correctly
      initialyzed.Restart the analyser (Logout
      screenShutdownRestart).

      10

      9Analyser communication failed

      Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen. 108

      11 Reagent emptyCheck level in maintenance menuReagent screen.
      If necessary, replace the appropriate reagent, run priming cycle
      from reagent screen and run a Startup cycle.

      11

      16 Ticket printer error Restart the analyser (Logout
      screenShutdownRestart). 90

      17 Application error Restart the analyser (Logout
      screenShutdownRestart).

      1920232734353941424758639093Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 /
      3

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S06 / 4 — T

      nd 2. ErrorsWhen the instrument detects an error, the status
      button blinks and the error message is displayed

      in the «Logs» tab.

      To access the «Logs» tab:1 — Press «Maintenance menu» button2 —
      Press «Logs» tab.

      2.1. Errors listed by n

      N Error Detail

      1 Unexpected error (%ld)Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      2 Settings file not foundInternal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      3 Settings file corruptedSetting file is corrupted. Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      4 Settings file not found : TranslationsSetting file is missing.
      Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled

      5 N/A6 N/A7 N/A8 N/A

      9Software internal error, try to restart the application.

      Reception of an analysis result instead of a QC result or
      conversely.Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to
      restart the application.

      10 Incompatible EPROM version. Suggested action: Contact your
      local technical support.

      11Internal connection failure, please contact your local
      technical support.

      Internal communication error.orSerial port opening
      errorSuggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) aif
      not ok, try to reinstall the application.

      12Internal read command failure, try to restart the
      application.

      Internal communication error.Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application. echnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      13Internal write command failure, try to restart the
      application.

      Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

    • Alarm & error list

      ot

      ot

      ot

      r 14Analyser connection failed (internal RS232)

      RS232 port opening error.Internal communication error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled.

      15 Cannot configure bar code reader.

      Error during the barcode reader serial port openingSuggested
      action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if
      nOK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      16 Cannot connect to bar code reader.

      Error during the barcode reader initialization.Suggested action:
      Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if nOK,
      perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      17 Cannot connect to bar code reader.

      Error during the barcode reader initialization.Suggested action:
      Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if nOK,
      perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      18Read write / error on history file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Error during result historic, or QC list, or LJ graphic, oLJ
      save, or result save or result in historic save
      recuperation.Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled.

      19Cannot update XB statistics, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Error during XB loadingorNo parameter for XB calculationor
      Corrupted datasor Recording errorSuggested action: Application must
      be reinstalled.

      20Cannot send calibration factors, try to restart the
      application.

      Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      21Internal command error, try to restart the application.: (code
      = %s)

      Internal communication error.Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      22 All reagents prime service cycle failedSuggested action:
      Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a
      Startup.

      23Backup of current default reagents configuration files
      failed

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Try to restart the
      application.If not ok, application must be reinstalled.

      24 Invalid reagents import file formatBad file format or
      corrupted fileImport is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import
      another file.

      25 Copy of default reagents files failedBad file format or
      corrupted fileCopy is not possibleSuggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      26 Invalid default reagents import fileBad file format or
      corrupted fileImport is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import
      another file.

      27Copy of new default species configuration files failed.

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Try to restart the
      application.

      28Copy of new default species configuration files failed.

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Try to restart the
      application.

      29 Invalid default species installation fileCorrupted species
      file. Installation is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import
      another file.

      N Error DetailTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 5

      30 N/A

      31 Analyser com port initialisation failedError during
      instrument serial port openingSuggested action: perform a
      Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S06 / 6 — T

      on

      ot

      r

      ed 32 Archive restoration failedInternal read/write
      error.Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      33 Bar code reader initialisation failed

      Barcode reader initialization failure in the sample
      identificatiscreens.Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout
      screenShutdownRestart), if nOK, perform a Diagnostic procedure
      (RAS544)

      34Read write / error on history file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Error during result historic, or QC list, or LJ graphic, oLJ
      save, or result save or result in historic save
      recuperation.Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled.

      35Error cannot read QC controls files, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      QC files repository does not exist or QC files have been
      corruptduring QC purge.Suggested action:Application must be
      reinstalled.

      36Read / write error on settings file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      The setting file exists but its format is not correct.Corrupted
      file. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled.

      37Production comm. port initialisation failed

      N/A

      38Error cannot read QC controls files, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Internal read/write error. The files cannot be load.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled.

      39Read error on history file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Internal read/write error.Error during historic results
      recoverySuggested action: Application must be reinstalled

      40 N/A

      41 QC file write error.Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled.

      42Read / write error on reagents file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      The reagent list has not been loaded during startingSuggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      43Read / write error on XB file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      XB files loading (opening) error.Suggested action:Application
      must be reinstalled

      44Read / write error on settings file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      The setting file do not exist.Suggested action:Application must
      be reinstalled

      45Ticket printer comm. port initialisation failed, try to
      restart the application.

      Error during internal printer serial port opening.Suggested
      action:Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart).If
      not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      46 Ticket printer do not answer (timeout)Error during internal
      printer initialization or functionning.Suggested action:Perform a
      Diagnostic procedure (RAS544).

      47Read/write error on LJ file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      files loading (opening) error.

      48 Send result failed. Check communication protocol setup.49
      N/A

      50 Cannot import the species file on disk.Corrupted species
      file. Import is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import another
      file.

      N Error Detailechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Alarm & error list

      be

      51Online help installation failed, check the help file on your
      USB key.

      Possible causes:- USB key withdrawal- Missing file- Corrupted
      fileSuggested action: check the help file on USB key.

      52Critical error, the application must be reinstalled, contact
      your local technical support.

      Internal error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      53Critical error, the application must be reinstalled, contact
      your local technical support.

      Internal error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      54Critical error, the application must be reinstalled, contact
      your local technical support.

      Internal error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      55Critical error, the application must be reinstalled, contact
      your local technical support.

      Internal error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      56Invalid limit value, the application must be reinstalled,
      contact your local technical support.

      Species file is corrupted. Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      57Invalid patient type, software internal error.

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      58Software internal error, try to restart the application.

      Reception of an analysis result instead of a QC result or
      conversely.Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to
      restart the application.

      59 Minor error (key not found in %s).Internal read/write
      error.Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled

      60

      Get user list failed (unable to open the file), the application
      must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must
      reinstalled

      61 LIS connection failed

      Possible causes:Bad RS connection parameter setting, Ethernet,
      FTP: Bad IP address, bad user name or password, etc…Suggested
      action: Check communication protocol setup.

      62Software internal error, please contact your local technical
      support.

      Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. If not ok,
      contact your local technical support.

      63 Error while deleting user.Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Try to restart the application.If not ok, application must
      be reinstalled.

      64 Error while modifying user N/A65 N/A66 N/A

      67Carriage positioning mechanic cycle failed

      Error during carriage motion check cycleSuggested action:
      manually check the mechanical movementand run a Startup

      68Diluter positioning mechanic cycle failed

      Error during diluter motion check cycleSuggested action:
      manually check the mechanical movementand run a StartupError during
      door opening check cycle

      N Error DetailTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 7

      69 Door opening mechanic cycle failed Suggested action: manually
      check the mechanical movement and run a Startup

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S06 / 8 — T

      t

      ed.70Needle positioning mechanic cycle failed

      Error during needle motion check cycleSuggested action: manually
      check the mechanical movementand run a Startup

      71 Tube piercing mechanic cycle failedError during tube piercing
      motion check cycleSuggested action: manually check the mechanical
      movementand run a Startup

      72Valve positioning mechanic cycle failed

      Error during valves check cycleSuggested action: Restart the
      analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart).

      73Waste piston positioning mechanic cycle failed

      Error during waste piston motion check cycleSuggested action:
      manually check the mechanical mouvemenand run a Startup

      74Read error on QC file, the application must be reinstalled,
      contact your local technical support.

      Error on QC list import. Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      75 Printing calibration report failed. Print error or report
      generation error.76 Printing LJ report failed. Print error or
      report generation error.77 Printing log report failed. Print error
      or report generation error.78 Printing QC report failed. Print
      error or report generation error.79 Printing QC matrix report
      failed. Print error or report generation error.80 Printing result
      report failed. Print error or report generation error.81 Printing
      settings report failed. Print error or report generation error.82
      Printing XB report failed. Print error or report generation
      error.83 QC control not found Impossible to found a QC with this
      ID.

      84Previous invalid QC result automatic deletion.

      A QC failed is removed when instantly followed by a QC pass

      85 Cleaning service cycle failedSuggested action: Restart the
      analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a
      Startup.

      86Concentrated cleaning service cycle failed

      Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown
      Restart) and run a Startup.

      87 Draining service cycle failedSuggested action: Restart the
      analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a
      Startup.

      88 The %s species import failed.Already existing species or
      corrupted species fileImport is not possibleSuggested action: Try
      to import another file.

      89 Delete %s species failed.Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: application must be reinstalled.

      90 Ticket printer initialisation failed.

      Error during internal printer initializationSuggested actions:
      Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart).If not OK,
      perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      91Cannot save closed reagent, please contact your local
      technical support.

      Internal read/write error. Application must be reinstalled.

      92Software internal error, please contact your local technical
      support.

      Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. If not ok,
      contact your local technical support.

      93

      Cannot open control configuration file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      QC list recovery impossible.Suggested action: Application must
      be reinstalled

      Parameters WBC , RBC , HGB & PLT > startup limits

      N Error Detailechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      94Invalid startup cycle (wbc/rbc/hgb/plt)

      Suggested action:Run a startup cycle directly from this status
      screen.

    • Alarm & error list95Internal command error : Temperature
      sensor unplugged.

      Temperature sensor unplugged.

      96Internal command error : Temperature sensor error.

      Replace temperature sensor.

      97Internal command error : Carriage motor.

      Error during carriage motion.Problem of home detection, blocked
      motor or motor out of order.

      98Internal command error : Needle motor.

      Error during needle motion.Problem of home detection, blocked
      motor or motor out of order.

      99Internal command error : Pressure syringe motor.

      Error during pressure syringe motion.Problem of blocked
      pneumatical circuit, home detection, blocked motor or motor out of
      order.

      100Internal command error : Liquid syringe motor.

      Error during liquid syringe motion.Problem of home detection,
      blocked motor or motor out of order.

      101Internal command error : Piercing motor.

      Error during tube piercing motion.Problem of tube holder
      position switches, blocked motor or motor out of order.

      102Internal command error : No tube holder or door opened.

      Error during door opening cycle.Problem of tube holder position
      switches, or missing tube holder.

      103Internal command error : Tube holder position.

      Error of tube holder detection.Error of tube holder positioning
      or defective tube holder position switches.

      104Internal command error : Close tube holder door.

      Defective detection door switch.

      105Internal command error : Tube holder door error: please open
      the door manually.

      Defective tube holder detection door or blocked door.

      106Internal command error : Sensor error or diluent empty.

      Defective/Misadjusted draining sensor or diluent empty.

      107Internal command error : Bad HGB reference measure.

      Error during HGB blank measurement.Run a startup cycle. Check
      HGB blank (see RAS523A)

      108Internal command error : Analyser communication failed.

      Restart the instrument.

      N Error DetailTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 9

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S06 / 10 —

      lt or

      tart), if

      tart), if 2.2. Erros listed by topics2.2.1. QC

      2.2.2. Printer

      2.2.3. Barcode

      N Error Detail

      41 QC file write error.Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled.

      83 QC control not found Impossible to found a QC with this
      ID.

      84Previous invalid QC result automatic deletion.

      A QC failed is removed when instantly followed by a QC
      passed.

      N Error Detail

      45Ticket printer comm. port initialisation failed, try to
      restart the application.

      Error during internal printer serial port opening.Suggested
      action:Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart).If
      not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      46 Ticket printer do not answer (timeout)Error during internal
      printer initialization or functionning.Suggested action:Perform a
      Diagnostic procedure (RAS544).

      75 Printing calibration report failed. Print error or report
      generation error.76 Printing LJ report failed. Print error or
      report generation error.77 Printing log report failed. Print error
      or report generation error.78 Printing QC report failed. Print
      error or report generation error.79 Printing QC matrix report
      failed. Print error or report generation error.80 Printing result
      report failed. Print error or report generation error.81 Printing
      settings report failed. Print error or report generation error.82
      Printing XB report failed. Print error or report generation
      error.

      90 Ticket printer initialisation failed.

      Error during internal printer initializationSuggested actions:
      Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart).If not OK,
      perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      N Error Detail

      9/58

      Software internal error, try to restart the application.

      Reception of an analysis result instead of a QC
      resuconversely.Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to
      restart the application.

      15 Cannot configure bar code reader.

      Error during the barcode reader serial port openingSuggested
      action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownResnot OK,
      perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      16 Cannot connect to bar code reader.

      Error during the barcode reader initialization.Suggested action:
      Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownResnot OK, perform a
      Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

      17 Bar code reader cannot read. Error during the barcode reader
      functionning.Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    • Alarm & error list

      port.

      AS544)

      raphic, save 2.2.4. Software, connection and communication

      N Error Detail

      1 Unexpected error (%ld)Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      2 Settings file not foundInternal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      3 Settings file corruptedSetting file is corrupted. Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      4 Settings file not found : TranslationsSetting file is missing.
      Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled

      10 Incompatible EPROM version. Suggested action: Contact your
      local technical sup

      11Internal connection failure, please contact your local
      technical support.

      Internal communication error.orSerial port opening
      errorSuggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (Rand if not
      ok, try to reinstall the application.

      12Internal read command failure, try to restart the
      application.

      Internal communication error.Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      13Internal write command failure, try to restart the
      application.

      Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      14 Analyser connection failed (internal RS232)RS232 port opening
      error.Internal communication error.Suggested action: Application
      must be reinstalled.

      18/34

      Read write / error on history file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Error during result historic, or QC list, or LJ gor LJ save, or
      result save or result in historicrecuperation.Suggested action:
      Application must be reinstalled.

      19Cannot update XB statistics, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Error during XB loadingorNo parameter for XB calculationor
      Corrupted datasor Recording errorSuggested action: Application must
      be reinstalled.

      20Cannot send calibration factors, try to restart the
      application.

      Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      21Internal command error, try to restart the application.: (code
      = %s)

      Internal communication error.Suggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      23Backup of current default reagents configuration files
      failed

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Try to restart the
      application.If not ok, application must be reinstalled.

      24 Invalid reagents import file formatBad file format or
      corrupted fileImport is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import
      another file.

      25 Copy of default reagents files failedBad file format or
      corrupted fileCopy is not possibleSuggested action: Try to restart
      the application.

      26 Invalid default reagents import fileBad file format or
      corrupted fileImport is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import
      another file.Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 11

      27Backup of current default species configuration files
      failed

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Try to restart the
      application.

    • ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

      S06 / 12 —

      RAS544)

      RAS544)

      tart), if

      een

      g28Copy of new default species configuration files failed.

      Internal read/write error.Suggested action: Try to restart the
      application.

      29 Invalid default species installation fileCorrupted species
      file. Installation is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import
      another file.

      31 Analyser com port initialisation failedError during
      instrument serial port openingSuggested action: perform a
      Diagnostic procedure (

      32 Archive restoration failedInternal read/write error.Suggested
      action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (

      33 Bar code reader initialisation failed

      Barcode reader initialization failure in the sample
      identification screens.Suggested action: Restart the analyser
      (Logout screenShutdownResnot OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure
      (RAS544)

      34Read / write error on history file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Error of historic result reading during purge.Suggested action:
      Application must be reinstalled.

      35Error cannot read QC controls files, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      QC files repository does not exist or QC files have bcorrupted
      during QC purge.Suggested action:Application must be
      reinstalled.

      36Read / write error on settings file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      The setting file exists but its format is not correct.Corrupted
      file. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled.

      37 Production comm. port initialisation failed N/A

      38Error cannot read QC controls files, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Internal read/write error. The files cannot be load.Suggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled.

      39Read error on history file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      Internal read/write error.Error during historic results
      recoverySuggested action: Application must be reinstalled

      42Read / write error on reagents file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      The reagent list has not been loaded during startinSuggested
      action: Application must be reinstalled

      43Read / write error on XB file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      XB files loading (opening) error.Suggested action:Application
      must be reinstalled

      44Read / write error on settings file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      The setting file do not exist.Suggested action:Application must
      be reinstalled

      47Read/write error on LJ file, the application must be
      reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      files loading (opening) error.

      48 Send result failed. Check communication protocol setup.

      50 Cannot import the species file on disk.Corrupted species
      file. Import is not possibleSuggested action: Try to import another
      file.

      51Online help installation failed, check the help file on your
      USB key.

      Possible causes:- USB key withdrawal- Missing file- Corrupted
      fileSuggested action: check the help file on USB key.

      52Critical error, the application must be reinstalled, contact
      your local technical

      Internal error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      N Error DetailTechnical Manual — RAA033AEN

      support.

    • Alarm & error list

      ation

      : Bad IP

      etup.

      stalled.

      een 2.2.5. Mechanical and service cycles

      56Invalid limit value, the application must be reinstalled,
      contact your local technical support.

      Species file is corrupted. Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      57 Invalid patient type, software internal error.Internal
      read/write error.Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      59 Minor error (key not found in %s).Internal read/write
      error.Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled

      60Get user list failed (unable to open the file), the
      application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical
      support.

      Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Applicmust be
      reinstalled

      61 LIS connection failed

      Possible causes:Bad RS connection parameter setting, Ethernet,
      FTPaddress, bad user name or password, etc…Suggested action:
      Check communication protocol s

      62/92

      Software internal error, please contact your local technical
      support.

      Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled.If not ok,
      contact your local technical support.

      63 Error while deleting user.Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: Try to restart the application.If not ok, application must
      be reinstalled.

      74Read error on QC file, the application must be reinstalled,
      contact your local technical support.

      Error on QC list import. Suggested action: Application must be
      reinstalled

      88 The %s species import failed.Already existing species or
      corrupted species fileImport is not possibleSuggested action: Try
      to import another file.

      89 Delete %s species failed.Internal read/write error.Suggested
      action: application must be reinstalled.

      91Cannot save closed reagent, please contact your local
      technical support.

      Internal read/write error. Application must be rein

      93Cannot open control configuration file, the application must
      be reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

      QC list recovery impossible.Suggested action: Application must
      be reinstalled

      108Internal command error : Analyser communication failed.

      Restart the instrument.

      N Error D

    Источник

    • 100, ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 5–2 User Manual — RAB237AEN Quality assu rance 1. «Quality control» menu ◆ The Quality Control allows to monitor a set of analyses based on known sample values and ranges over a period of several months. Statistical computations performed on these populations allow the extraction of qualitative information related to the sta…

    • 163, Maintenance & Troubleshooting User Manual — RAB237AEN 7–15 4- The free male connector must be plugged onto the pack upper valve in order to receive the waste liquids (Diag.7-22). 5- See 3.3.2. Prime, page 7-8 to run the priming after the pack replacement. 3.5.4. ABX Diluent & waste connections (Bottle version only) ◆ Connect the ABX Diluent container using the diluent straw an…

    • 186, ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 7–38 User Manual — RAB237AEN 6.1.2. QC alarms 6.1.3. Reagent alarms Diag.7-43 QC status button System alarm message Help message Possible cause / Corrective action Invalid QC «lot number» Check the last QC «lot number» result in QC menu and rerun the appropriate control if necessary. A QC analysis is out of normality limits: — Check th…

    • 60, ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–4 User Manual — RAB237AEN 2. Software menus description Diag.3-7 User menu Diag.3-8 Services menus Sample identification Quality control Result history Maintenance QC XB (data or curves) Calibration Reagents Archives Statistics Logs Version System Service Creation Restoring/Reset Replacement Settings System Customer services 1 System 1 Date/Hour Network Sleep mode…

    • 103, Quality assurance User Manual — RAB237AEN 5–5 2.3.2. Control creation Introduction A new lot of control blood can be created by two different ways: ◆ Importation of control information from USB key: See Control importation, page 5-5. ◆ Creation with the «Control Modification» screen: See Control creation, page 5-6. Control importation The c…

    • 193, Maintenance & Troubleshooting User Manual — RAB237AEN 7–45 Printer Message Possible cause/Corrective action Printing calibration report failed. No report, missing printer, no printer selected, printer initialization error. — Check if printer is on line. If not, switch it on. — Check if there is enough paper. If not, See 3.6. Integrated ticket printer …

    • 160, ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 7–12 User Manual — RAB237AEN 3.4. Extended concentrated cleaning Concerns: ◆ RBC/PLT chamber and aperture cleaning ◆ WBC/HGB chamber and aperture cleaning Required tools: ◆ 5ml or 10ml syringe Required products: ◆ ABX Minoclair 0.5L (P/n: 0401005) or bleach containing 12% active chlorine Intervention time: ◆ Approximately 30 minutes …

    • 188, ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 7–40 User Manual — RAB237AEN 6.1.5. Application alarms Diag.7-46 Application status button System alarm message Help message Possible cause / Corrective action Barcode reader error Restart the analyser (Logout screen / Shutdown / Restart). — Check barcode reader settings (See Section 6, 4.2. Barcode reader (optional), page 6-7). — Restart the instrument. Tick…

    • 41, Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–3 HGB Hemoglobin HCT Hematocrit MCV Mean Corpuscular Volume MCH Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin MCHC Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration RDW Red cell Distribution Width PLT Platelets MPV Mean Platelet Volume WBC, RBC and PLT Distribution Curves PDW and PCT have not been established as indications for this product, in the Unit…

    • 177, Maintenance & Troubleshooting User Manual — RAB237AEN 7–29 4.5. Logs 4.5.1. Logs tab access and description ◆ Enter menu «MaintenanceLogs.» ◆ The «Logs» tab contains all of the notifications made automatically by the software while instrument is in operation. Each log contains the following information: ◆ The date and time of the event. �…

    • 31, Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–15 Tab.1-4 Virtual keyboard specific keys ◆ See Section 4, 4.2. Sample identification using the virtual keyboard, page 4-15 for more information. 7.7. Data transmission buttons ◆ The buttons below allow the user to send data to the peripheral devices. Button Name Action Description Valid Validation It validates entry and moves to the nex…

    • 108, ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 5–10 User Manual — RAB237AEN Control information ◆ A summary of control information is displayed at the top of the «QC result display» screen: sample ID (= QC lot number), control name, control expiration date, analysis date and time. ◆ The «Control information» button (located at the top of the screen, Diag.5-10) allows …

    • 95, Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–27 6.5.2. Filtering results with the filter check box ◆ The results can be filtered by 4 different items: «Date», «Sample ID», «Patient ID» and/or «Name». 1- Check the filter check box (Diag.4-28). 2- Enter date in the «Date» fields and/or sample ID in the «Sample ID» field and/o…

    • 47, Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–9 Tab.2-8 Precision CV% (ABX Micros ES60 CT) Evaluation of Precision Performance of Clinical Chemistry Devices; Approved Guidelines, NCCLS document EP-5 (ISBN 1-56238-145-8) 1999. Expected precision on control samples Parameters MINOTROL 16 Control Within run CV% CV% of run means CV% of daily means Total imprecision (CV%…

    • 19, Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–3 Introductio n 1. Warning and precautions 1.1. Recommendations Work safety reliability and general characteristics are guaranteed by HORIBA ABX under the following conditions: ◆ User manual must be entirely read and personnel trained by HORIBA ABX before attempting to operate instrument. ◆ The user always operates with full kno…

    Источник

    HORIBA ABX SAS B.P. 7290 34184 MONTPELLIER Cedex 4 — FRANCE

    ◆ This document applies to the latest software version as indicated above. ◆ When a subsequent software version changes the information in this manual, a new section and/ or sections will be released.

    Notice of liability ◆ The Information in this manual is distributed on an «As Is» basis, without warranty. While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual, HORIBA Medical will not assume any liability to any persons or entities with respect to loss or damage, caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by not following the instructions contained in this manual, or by using the computer software and hardware products described herein in a manner inconsistent with our product labeling.

    Potential hazards ◆ To alert the operator of potentially hazardous conditions, one of the bold captioned headings which are described below is provided wherever necessary throughout this text.

    Flags a procedure that if not followed properly, can prove to be extremely hazardous to either the operator or the environment or both. Emphasizes an operating procedure that must be followed to avoid possible damage to the instrument or erroneous test results. Emphasizes important information especially helpful to the operator before, during or after a specific operational function. Graphics ◆ All graphics including screens and printouts, photographs are for illustration purposes only and are not contractual.

    Trademarks ◆ Other product names mentioned within this publication may be registered trademarks of other companies.

    Copyright 2009 HORIBA Medical All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of HORIBA Medical. HORIBA Medical Rue du Caducée — Parc Euromédecine 34184 MONTPELLIER Cedex 4 — FRANCE Tel: + 33 (0)4 67 14 15 16 Fax: + 33 (0)4 67 14 15 17

    1. Operational conditions 1.1. Environment ◆ The operation of the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 should be restricted to indoor location use only. Instrument is operational at an altitude of maximum 3000 meters (9840 feet). ◆ The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 is designed for safety from voltages surges according to INSTALLATION CATEGORY II and POLLUTION DEGREE 2 (IEC 61010-1) Please contact your local HORIBA Medical representative for information regarding operation locations, when it does not comply with the recommended specifications.

    1.2. Location ◆ The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 should be placed on a clean and leveled table or workbench. ◆ Please note that the instrument, printer and reagents weigh approximately 20 kilograms (44 lbs). ◆ Avoid exposure to sunlight. ◆ Place your instrument in a well-ventilated area. ◆ Place your instrument where it is not exposed to water or vapor. ◆ Place your instrument where it is free from vibration or shock. ◆ Place your instrument where an independent power receptacle can be used. ◆ Use a receptacle different from the one used by a device that easily generate noise such as a centrifuge, etc… ◆ Provide a space of at least 20 cm (8 inches) at the back of the instrument for arranging the power cable and tubings.

    The power switch and input voltage supply connection should always be accessible. When positioning the system for operational use, leave the required amount of space for easy accessibility to these items.

    1.3. Grounding ◆ Proper grounding is required when installing the system. Check the wall outlet ground (Earth) for proper grounding to the facilities electrical ground. If you are unsure of the outlet grounding, contact your facilities engineer to verify the proper outlet ground.

    1.4. Humidity/temperature conditions ◆ The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 must operate between temperatures of 16°C to 30°C (61°F to 86°F). ◆ Maximum relative humidity 85% for temperature up to 30°C (86°F) without condensation. ◆ If it is stored at a temperature less than 10°C (50°F), the instrument should stand for 1 hour at the correct room temperature before use.

    1.5. Electromagnetic environment check ◆ The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 has been designed to produce less than the accepted level of electromagnetic interference in order to operate in conformity with its destination, allowing the correct operation of other instruments also in conformity with their destination. ◆ In case of suspected electromagnetic noise, check that the instrument has not been placed in the proximity of electromagnetic fields or short wave emissions, (i. e. Radar, X-rays, Scanners, Cell phones, etc…).

    1.6. Main supply ◆ Grounding is required. Check that the earth wall-plug is correctly connected to the laboratory grounding system. If there is no such system a ground stake should be used. ◆ Use only main supply cable delivered with the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆ Main supply voltage fluctuations must not exceed +/-10% of the nominal voltage.

    2. Environmental protection 2.1. Disposal used accessories and consumables ◆ Must be collected by a laboratory specialized in elimination and recycling of this kind of material according to the local legislation.

    2.2. Disposal ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 instrument ◆ It should be disposed of, in accordance with local legislation, and should be treated as being contaminated with blood. The appropriate biological precautions should be taken.

    If any doubt, please contact your HORIBA Medical representative service department.

    2.3. European Legislation In accordance with the European Directive (2002/96/CE, known also as W.E.E.E) instruments having the above symbol and sold into a European country by HORIBA Medical or an authorised representative must be disposed of and recycled correctly at the end of its useful life. Due to the local changing regulations in each country, please contact your local representative for detailed and upto date information on how to appropriately dispose of the instrument.

    2.4. Transportation and storage conditions ◆ Condition for storage and transportation: Temperature from -20°C to +65°C (-4°F to 122°F).

    Prior to the shipping of an instrument by transporter, whatever the destination, an external decontamination of the instrument must be carried out.

    1. Specifications ………………………………………………………………………………………S01-2 1.1. Parameters……………………………………………………………………………………S01-2 1.2. Instrument specifications ………………………………………………………………..S01-3 1.3. Technical specifications………………………………………………………………….S01-3 2. Description …………………………………………………………………………………………S01-4 2.1. Overview……………………………………………………………………………………..S01-4 2.1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT ………………………………………………………………S01-4 2.1.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT………………………………………………………………S01-4 2.2. Front view (covers opened)……………………………………………………………..S01-4 2.2.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT ………………………………………………………………S01-4 2.2.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT………………………………………………………………S01-5 2.3. Left side view (covers opened) …………………………………………………………S01-5 2.4. Rear view …………………………………………………………………………………….S01-5

    1. Specifications 1.1. Parameters — 16 parameters Parameter WBC LYM% LYM# MON% MON# GRA% GRA# RBC HGB HCT MCV MCH MCHC RDW PLT MPV WBC, RBC and PLT Distribution Curves

    Definition White blood cells Lymphocyte Percentage Lymphocyte Absolute number Monocyte Percentage Monocyte Absolute number Granulocyte Percentage Granulocyte Absolute number Red blood cells Hemoglobin Hematocrit Mean Corpuscular Volume Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration Red cell Distribution Width Platelets Mean Platelet Volume

    — 18 parameters Parameter WBC LYM% LYM# MON% MON# GRA% GRA# RBC HGB HCT MCV MCH MCHC RDW PLT MPV PDW* PCT* WBC, RBC and PLT Distribution Curves

    Definition White blood cells Lymphocyte Percentage Lymphocyte Absolute number Monocyte Percentage Monocyte Absolute number Granulocyte Percentage Granulocyte Absolute number Red blood cells Hemoglobin Hematocrit Mean Corpuscular Volume Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration Red cell Distribution Width Platelets Mean Platelet Volume Platelet Distribution Width Plateletcrit

    *PDW and PCT have not been established as indications for this product, in the United States. The use of PDW and PCT should be restricted to Research Use Only.

    1.2. Instrument specifications ABX MICROS ES60 (OT/CT)/ ABX MICROS ESV60 (OT) Approximately 60 Samples/hour for the ABX Micros ES60 OT, 50 Throughput analysis Samples/hour for the ABX Micros ES60 CT and 50 Samples /hour for the ABX Micros ESV60. Minimum blood sample requirement 50µl Minimum sample volume Analyzer sample volume 10µl WBC Approximately 1/260 for ABX Micros ES60 and 1/255 for ABX Dilution ratios Micros ESV60 RBC/PLT Approximately 1/15000 Impedance change for WBC, RBC, PLT. Spectrophotometry for HGB. Measurements and Impedance change for LYM%, MON%, GRA%. Computation Computation from stored Data that was directly measured for MCV, MCH, MCHC, RDW, MPV, LYM#, MON#, GRA#. Counting Aperture Diameter WBC: 80µm / RBC: 50µm. Performed in the WBC/HGB Chamber. Hemoglobin Measurement Light source LED (Light Emiting Diode) at wavelength 550nm. Statistics and Quality Control Extended Quality Control package. Automatic Calibration procedure. Calibration Direct entering of Calibration Coefficients. ABX Micros ES60: 3 Reagents or 1 Pack of Reagents: Diluent: ABX Minidil LMG (10L) Cleaner: ABX Miniclean (1L) or ABX Cleaner (0.5L) Reagents Lyse: ABX Minilyse LMG (1L), ABX Alphalyse (0.4L) or ABX Alphalyse 360 (0.36L) Pack all reagents: ABX Minipack LMG (4.2L) ABX Micros ESV60: ABX VetPack Automatic disposal Wastes Waste handling according to Local/National regulations

    1.3. Technical specifications ABX MICROS ES60 (OT/CT)/ ABX MICROS ESV60 (OT) Designed by HORIBA Medical, Installed on a Flash EPROM 1000 results Operated touch screen, LVDS Screen: 8’’4, 640×480, 256000 colours Hard Copy printing (Internal or external printer) Outputs External output (RS232) C 39, C 128, ITF (2of5), CODABAR, ISBT C128 (for ABX Micros ES60 Barcode reader CT only). (External barcode reader optional for ABX Micros ES60) Internal ticket printer ABX Micros ES60 only Power supply 100V, 240V (+/- 10%) 50/60Hz. Power Consumption Maximum: 150VA (-30%, +10%) Power requirements In use: 100VA (-30%, +10%) Stand-by mode: 35 VA (-30%, +10%) Heat output 197Kj/h (187BTU/h) Height Approximately 430mm (16.9 inches) Dimensions Width Approximately 360mm (14.2 inches) Depth Approximately 360mm (14.2 inches) Weight Weight Approximately 17Kgs (37.5 lbs) Software Memory capacity Display

    2. Description 2.1. Overview 2.1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT 4 1 3 1- LCD display touchscreen 2- Cap piercing mechanism & Tube Holder 3- Reagent compartment 4- Printer 5- Barcode reader 6- USB port

    2.1.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT 4 1 3

    1- LCD display & touchscreen 2- Manual sampling needle 3- Reagent compartment 4- Printer 5- USB port

    2.2. Front view (covers opened) 2.2.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT

    2.2.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT

    1 1- Carriage assembly 2- Sampling needle and analysis start bar 3- WBC/HGB chamber 4- RBC chamber

    2.3. Left side view (covers opened)

    1- Diluent temperature sensor 2- Liquid syringe 3- Valve blocks 4- Vacuum/waste syringe

    2.4. Rear view

    1- 2 RS232 ports 2- 2 USB ports 3- 1 Jack connector: not functional 4- 1 PS2 ports 5- 1 RJ45 port 6- 1 power supply 7- 1 Diluent input connector 8- 1 Waste output connector

    1. Generalities…………………………………………………………………………………………S02-2 2. ABX Micros ES60 OT hydraulic………………………………………………………………S02-3 2.1. Tubes list ……………………………………………………………………………………..S02-3 2.2. Function of valves………………………………………………………………………….S02-3 2.3. Hydraulic cycle description …………………………………………………………….S02-4 2.3.1. Atmosphere circuit …………………………………………………………………S02-4 2.3.2. Diluent circuit ……………………………………………………………………….S02-5 2.3.3. Clean circuit………………………………………………………………………….S02-6 2.3.4. Lyse circuit ……………………………………………………………………………S02-7 2.3.5. WBC / RBC counting circuit …………………………………………………….S02-8 2.3.6. Drain / bubbling circuit …………………………………………………………..S02-9 3. ABX Micros ES60 CT hydraulic ……………………………………………………………. S02-10 3.1. Tubes list …………………………………………………………………………………… S02-10 3.2. Function of valves……………………………………………………………………….. S02-10 3.3. Hydraulic cycle description …………………………………………………………..S02-11 3.3.1. Atmosphere circuit ………………………………………………………………. S02-11 3.3.2. Diluent circuit …………………………………………………………………….. S02-12 3.3.3. Clean circuit……………………………………………………………………….. S02-13 3.3.4. Lyse circuit …………………………………………………………………………. S02-14 3.3.5. WBC / RBC counting circuit …………………………………………………..S02-15 3.3.6. Drain / bubbling circuit ………………………………………………………… S02-16 4. Pneumatic diagrams ……………………………………………………………………………S02-17 4.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT bottle version ……………………………………………….. S02-17 4.2. ABX Micros ES60 CT pack version………………………………………………….S02-17 4.3. ABX Micros ES60 OT bottle version……………………………………………….. S02-17 4.4. ABX Micros ES60 OT pack version ………………………………………………… S02-17

    1. Generalities ◆ The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 instrument has been designed for simple mechanical operations. ◆ 4 stepper motors provide movements to mechanical assemblies. ◆ Pressure and vacuum are provided by the vacuum/waste syringe up and down movements (A). ◆ Liquid movements are achieved either by means of mechanical assembly movements (B) or by pressure/vacuum syringe and simultaneous action of specific valves.

    ◆ Dilution chambers The diode and the cell of the spectrophotometer are glued on the WBC/HGB chamber. Chamber positions can be modified in order to obtain the best sampling position possible. WBC chamber

    ◆ Dilutions: First dilution is carried out in the WBC/HGB chamber (with a bubbling phasis). The RBC blood sample is aspirated from this dilution. Lyse is sent from the drain nipple of the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆Rinse: To obtain the best rinse in the counting heads, diluent is sent from the liquid syringes. This is carried out before, between and after the two counts.

    A window on the HGB/WBC chamber allows the needle to move down into the chamber and to inject reagents. As important light or variation of light can cause HGB result drifts, close instrument cover and door before running blood analyses. ◆ Bubbling: Insulators avoid polluted liquid overflows during bubbling phasis. They also allows an accurate adjustment of the bubbling volume. ◆ ABX Micros ES60 CT specifics: — The piercing needle is equipped with two injectors to obtain a homogeneous diluent flow during needle rinsing phasis (see procedures RAS188A and RAS187A). — Atmosphere is provided to sample tubes to allow a correct aspiration of blood.

    2. ABX Micros ES60 OT hydraulic 2.1. Tubes list DESIGNATION

    2.2. Function of valves Valve number Functions 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13

    Controls the lyse distribution Cancels the pressure/vacuum in the pressure/vacuum syringe Controls the cleaner input in the WBC counting head during the rinsing Controls the drain of the pressure/vacuum syringe Activates the vacuum needed in the WBC/RBC counting heads Controls the diluent input in the RBC counting head during the rinsing Controls the aspiration of the diluent/air input inside the needle rinse block Controls the diluent inside the aspiration needle Controls the diluent distribution Controls the drain of the WBC chamber Controls the drain of the RBC chamber

    2.3. Hydraulic cycle description 2.3.1. Atmosphere circuit

    2.3.2. Diluent circuit

    2.3.3. Clean circuit

    2.3.4. Lyse circuit

    2.3.5. WBC / RBC counting circuit

    2.3.6. Drain / bubbling circuit

    3. ABX Micros ES60 CT hydraulic 3.1. Tubes list DESIGNATION

    3.2. Function of valves Valve number

    3.3. Hydraulic cycle description 3.3.1. Atmosphere circuit

    3.3.2. Diluent circuit

    3.3.3. Clean circuit

    3.3.4. Lyse circuit

    3.3.5. WBC / RBC counting circuit

    3.3.6. Drain / bubbling circuit

    4.2. ABX Micros ES60 CT pack version see following pages

    4.3. ABX Micros ES60 OT bottle version see following pages

    4.4. ABX Micros ES60 OT pack version see following pages

    1. Main board………………………………………………………………………………………….S03-2 1.1. Test points ……………………………………………………………………………………S03-2 1.2. General view ………………………………………………………………………………..S03-3 2. SBC9312 board ……………………………………………………………………………………S03-4 3. USB board…………………………………………………………………………………………..S03-4 4. Connections ………………………………………………………………………………………..S03-5 4.1. Connection table …………………………………………………………………………..S03-5 4.2. Cables, flat cables, motors and sensors ……………………………………………..S03-6 4.2.1. DAD075A …………………………………………………………………………….S03-6 4.2.2. DAD076A …………………………………………………………………………….S03-7 4.2.3. DAD138A …………………………………………………………………………….S03-8 4.2.4. DAD140A …………………………………………………………………………….S03-9 4.2.5. DAL008A ……………………………………………………………………………S03-10 4.2.6. XBA199A ……………………………………………………………………………S03-11 4.2.7. XBA250A ……………………………………………………………………………S03-12 4.2.8. XBA272B…………………………………………………………………………….S03-13 4.2.9. XBA275A ……………………………………………………………………………S03-14 4.2.10. XBA281A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-15 4.2.11. XBA319B………………………………………………………………………….. S03-16 4.2.12. XBA363A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-17 4.2.13. XBA365A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-18 4.2.14. XBA686A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-19 4.2.15. XBA687A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-20 4.2.16. XBA688A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-21 4.2.17. XBA689A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-22 4.2.18. XBA690A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-23 4.2.19. XBA691A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-24 4.2.20. XBA692A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-25 4.2.21. XBA697A …………………………………………………………………………. S03-26 4.2.22. XDA472D …………………………………………………………………………S03-27 5. Synoptics…………………………………………………………………………………………..S03-28

    1. Main board 1.1. Test points

    Liquid syringe motor voltage Air syringe motor voltage Carriage motor voltage Needle motor voltage Aperture voltage (check)

    Factory adjusted 280 mV +/-7 R68 (826 mV +/-7 for ABX Micros ESV60) Factory adjusted 400 mV +/-7 R75 (350 mV +/-7 for ABX Micros ESV60) Factory adjusted R82 180 mV +/-3 No adjustment -12 V +/- 0.5 No adjustment +12 V +/- 0.4 No adjustment +5 V +/-0.2 No adjustment +24 V +2.5/-1

    1.2. General view

    2. SBC9312 board PS2 Keyboard

    3. USB board

    4. Connections 4.1. Connection table From

    To J26 on master board (XAA355E) Power supply J29 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) RBC Chamber J38 on master board (XAA355E) HGB photometer J39 on master board (XAA355E) WBC chamber J21 on master board (XAA355E) Temperature sensor J11 on master board (XAA355E) Vertical carriage motor J1 on master board (XAA355E) Vertical carriage home sensor J7 on master board (XAA355E) Horizontal carriage motor J2 on master board (XAA355E) Horizontal carriage home sensor J8 on master board (XAA355E) Waste/Vacuum syringe motor J4 on master board (XAA355E) Waste/Vacuum syringe home sensor J10 on master board (XAA355E) Dilution syringe motor J3 on master board (XAA355E) Dilution syringe home sensor J9 on master board (XAA355E) RBC/WBC/Waste drain sensor J13 on master board (XAA355E) Start cycle switch J30 on master board (XAA355E) Piercing assembly (CT model only) J6 on master board (XAA355E) J1 on 5 valves assembly J35 on master board (XAA355E) J1 on 6 valves assembly J36 on master board (XAA355E) J2 on 5 valves assembly 2 valves assembly (CT model only) J22 on master board (XAA355E) J1 on Com & dimming board (XAA581A) J2 on Com & dimming board (XAA581A) J8 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) J10 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) J2 on USB board (XAA580A) J3 on Com &dimming board (XAA581A) CN1 on DC-AC inverter (ABC009A) J19 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) CN1 on VGA screen J17 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) Touch screen J28 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) Barcode reader CBC016A (CT model only) J9 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) J5 on Thermal printer J27 on SBC9312 board (XAA586C) J4 on Thermal printer

    Reference XBA692A XBA723A XDA472B XBA722A XBA281A DAL008A XBA250A DAL008A XBA250A XBA273AS XBA319B XBA273AS XBA319B XBA199A XBA278A XBA275A DAD076A DAD075A XBA363A DAD138A XBA697A XBA689A XBA687A XBA686A XBA688A DAD140A XBA690A XBA691A

    4.2. Cables, flat cables, motors and sensors 4.2.1. DAD075A

    4.2.2. DAD076A

    4.2.3. DAD138A

    4.2.4. DAD140A

    4.2.5. DAL008A

    4.2.6. XBA199A

    4.2.7. XBA250A

    4.2.8. XBA272B

    4.2.9. XBA275A

    4.2.10. XBA281A

    4.2.11. XBA319B

    4.2.12. XBA363A

    4.2.13. XBA365A

    4.2.14. XBA686A

    4.2.15. XBA687A

    4.2.16. XBA688A

    4.2.17. XBA689A

    4.2.18. XBA690A

    4.2.19. XBA691A

    4.2.20. XBA692A

    4.2.21. XBA697A

    4.2.22. XDA472D

    5. Synoptics ◆ See synoptic diagrams on next page.

    1. Measuring principles …………………………………………………………………………….S04-2 1.1. WBC and differential count …………………………………………………………….S04-2 1.1.1. General counting principles …………………………………………………….S04-2 1.1.2. Differential Measuring principles………………………………………………S04-2 1.2. RBC/PLT ………………………………………………………………………………………S04-4 1.3. Hemoglobin measurement principle…………………………………………………S04-5 1.4. Hematocrit measurement principle…………………………………………………..S04-6 1.5. RDW calculation …………………………………………………………………………..S04-6 1.6. MCV, MCH, MCHC calculation ………………………………………………………S04-6 1.7. Measuring the MPV: ………………………………………………………………………S04-6 1.8. Calculating the PCT: ………………………………………………………………………S04-6 1.9. Calculating the PDW: …………………………………………………………………….S04-6 2. ABX Micros ES60 CT cycle description ……………………………………………………S04-7 2.1. Cycle start condition………………………………………………………………………S04-7 2.2. Cap piercing …………………………………………………………………………………S04-7 2.3. Sampling ……………………………………………………………………………………..S04-7 2.4. Needle rinses………………………………………………………………………………..S04-8 2.5. Dilutions………………………………………………………………………………………S04-8 2.6. Counts …………………………………………………………………………………………S04-9 3. ABX Micros ES60 OT cycle description ………………………………………………….S04-10 3.1. Cycle start condition……………………………………………………………………. S04-10 3.2. Sampling …………………………………………………………………………………… S04-10 3.3. Outer sampling needle rinse …………………………………………………………. S04-10 3.4. WBC/HGB chamber rinse & HGB blank measure…………………………….. S04-10 3.5. Dilutions…………………………………………………………………………………….S04-11 3.6. Counts ……………………………………………………………………………………….S04-12

    1. Measuring principles 1.1. WBC and differential count 1.1.1. General counting principles The WBC measurement principles are the same as the RBC/PLT measuring principles. The WBC count is performed in the WBC/HGB chamber. The electronic signal-processing device places an electronic threshold between the WBC and PLT signals. The electronic pulses for the WBC are then placed into 256 channels according to their pulse size. The pulses are then thresholded, grouped and then mathematically calculated to create a numerical value for the determination of the WBC’s.

    1.1.2. Differential Measuring principles The Diluent preserves and prepares the WBC cell membrane for differentiation reaction. The Lyse has specific reactions with each sub-population of the WBC cytoplasmic membranes. ◆ When the Lyse reacts with the Lymphocytes cytoplasmic membranes, it allows the release of water-soluble cytoplasm and shrinks the cell membrane around the nucleus. ◆ When the Lyse reacts with the Monocytes cytoplasmic membranes, it has an intermediate reaction, maintaining it’s large size in comparison to the Lymphocytes. ◆ When the Lyse reacts with the Granulocytes cytoplasmic membranes, it has a limited reaction due to a molecule in their cytoplasmic structure which protects them from the shrinking action of the lyse. This limited reaction makes the Granulocytes the largest of the sub-populations in the cell differentiation. After the differential lysing action, the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 analyzes the height of each pulse as the cells pass through the micro-aperture in the WBC chamber. These pulses are then channelized, thresholded, grouped according to their size, ( 30fL to > 450fL), and calculated mathematically to create the WBC distribution curve, which is also known as the WBC Histogram. The 3 sub-populations of WBC’s are placed according to the number of cells and the size of cells in each sub-population. The distribution of WBC’s are as followed: Lymphocytes Monocytes Granulocytes

    This differentiation term is also known as LMG’s.

    Cells passing through the WBC aperture creating electronic pulses.

    Cells are grouped according to the number of cells and the cell size.

    Pulses are electronically calculated and smoothed to produce the WBC distribution curve. ◆Results Number of cells counted per volume unit x calibration coefficient

    ◆Histograms Distribution curves on 256 counting channels from 30fl to 450fl.

    ◆ Technical characteristics for the WBC count: Dilution Initial blood volume Vol. ABX Diluent Vol. Lyse Final dilution ratio

    10 µl 2100 µl 520µl for ABX Micros ES60 and 470µl for ABX Micros ESV60 1/260 for ABX Micros ES60 and 1/255 for ABX Micros ESV60

    Impedance 80µm 200mb 2 (or 3)x6 sec.

    1.2. RBC/PLT The RBC’s and PLT’s are measured by an electronic impedance variation principle. This means that an electronic field is generated around the microaperture within the chamber in which the blood cells are pulled through. The sample is diluted with an electrolytic Diluent (electronic current conducting fluid), mixed then pulled through a calibrated micro-aperture. Two electrodes are placed on either side of the aperture and electric current continuously passes between the two electrodes. As the blood cells pass through the aperture, they create resistance (Impedance) in the electronic field between the two electrodes. The voltage, which measures the cells, is proportional to the size of the cell. Since the current is constant and remains unchanged, the larger the cell is, the «more» resistance it has. The smaller the cell is, the «less» resistance it has. These electronic voltages vary in pulse size as the cells pass through the aperture. The pulses are amplified, channeled according to size and threshold, grouped and then mathematically calculated along with the calibration coefficients to give a final numerical value for both RBC’s and PLT’s.

    ◆Histograms RBC: Distribution curves on 256 counting channels from 30fl to 300fl. PLT distribution curve: PLT: Distribution curves on 128 channels from 2fl to a mobile threshold. This threshold moves according to the microcyte population present in the analysis area.

    ◆ Technical characteristics for the RED BLOOD CELL and PLATELET count: Dilution First dilution volume used 28.3 µl: rate 1/170 Vol. ABX Diluent 2500 µl Final dilution rate 1/15000 Measurement Method Ruby diameter Depression of count Duration of the count

    Impedance 50µm 200mb 2 (or 3)x6 sec.

    1.3. Hemoglobin measurement principle During the Startup cycle, an HGB blank test sequence including 2 blank measures is run. If the difference between these two measures is too important, a third measure is performed.

    HGB reference blank sequence will be carried out prior to an analysis to come. If the operator: — Has left system more than 10 minutes after analysis. — Has not carried out the Startup cycle after switching on the system. Every cycle, an HGB blank is carried out on diluent and compared to the previous HGB blank analysis. Lyse reagent is added to the first dilution in the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Lyse This reagent contains potassium ferrocyanide [Fe(CN)]K and potassium cyanide [KCN]. The hemoglobin freed by the lysis of the red blood cells combines with the potassium cyanide to form the chromogenous cyanmethemoglobin compound. The compound is then measured by spectrophotometry, through the optical part of the WBC/HGB chamber, with a wave length of 550 nm. ◆ Technical characteristics for the measurement of the hemoglobin: Dilution Initial blood volume 10 µl Vol. ABX Diluent 2100 µl Vol. Lyse 520µl for ABX Micros ES60 and 470µl for ABX Micros ESV60 Final dilution ratio 1/260 for ABX Micros ES60 and 1/255 for ABX Micros ESV60

    1.4. Hematocrit measurement principle The height of the impulse generated by the passage of a cell through the micro-aperture is directly proportional to the volume of the analyzed RBC. The hematocrit is measured as a function of the numeric integration of the MCV.

    1.5. RDW calculation The RDW (Red cell Distribution Width) is used to determine erythrocyte abnormalities linked to Anisocytosis. The RDW will enable the user to follow the evolution of the width of the curve in relation to the cell number and average volume. The RDW is also a calculation from the RBC histogram, as follow: RDW =

    K = system constant SD = Determined standard deviation according to statistical studies on cell distribution. MCV = Mean Corpuscular Volume of erythrocytes

    1.6. MCV, MCH, MCHC calculation ◆ MCV (Mean Cell Volume) is calculated directly from the entire RBC histogram. ◆ MCH (Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin) is calculated from the HGB value and the RBC count. The Mean HGB weight in each RBC is given by the formula: MCH (pg) = HGB/RBC x 10 ◆ MCHC (Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration) is calculated according to the HGB and HCT values. The Mean HGB concentration in the total volume of RBC is given by the formula: MCHC (g/dL) = HGB/HCT x 100

    1.7. Measuring the MPV: MPV (Mean Platelet Volume) is directly derived from the analysis of the platelet distribution curve. The MPV is expressed in µm3 or fl.

    1.8. Calculating the PCT: Thrombocrit is calculated according to the following formula: PCT%=

    1.9. Calculating the PDW: This count is derived from the platelet curve. PDW (Platelet Distribution Curve)= Width of the curve between 15% of the number of platelets starting from 2 fl (S1) and 15% of the number of platelets beginning with the variable top threshold (S2) as shown on next diagram:

    2. ABX Micros ES60 CT cycle description 2.1. Cycle start condition

    ◆Needle «1» in the sampling position. ◆RBC chamber «2» filled with 2.5 mL of diluent. ◆WBC/HGB chamber «3» filled with 2.5 mL of diluent. ◆Liquid syringes «4» in standby position. ◆Vacuum syringe «5» in the lower position.

    2.2. Cap piercing ◆ Carriage motion over the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ WBC/HGB chamber drain: Aspiration by means of the vacuum syringe raise.

    ◆Diluent injection into the WBC/HGB chamber through the channels (A) and (B): — Diluent is delivered by means of the liquid syringes raise.

    ◆ HGB blank measure (beep triggered). ◆ Carriage return over the piercing device. ◆ Atmosphere is provided inside the tube: Liquid valve #3 is activated. ◆ Cap piercing: — Sampling holder rises in the upper position. — The needle pierces the tube cap.

    2.3. Sampling ◆ Sampling needle moves down to the lower position (inside the tube).

    ◆Aspiration of 10 µL of blood sample: — The liquid syringes assembly moves down and pulls down the sampling syringe «1».

    ◆ The sampling needle comes back in the upper position. ◆ RBC chamber drain. ◆ Counting head rinse. ◆ Carriage motion over the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Sampling holder door opens. ◆ WBC/HGB chamber drain.

    2.4. Needle rinses ◆The liquid syringe «2» sends diluent for rinse through the outer piercing needle «A» and inner piercing needle «B». — A: Piercing needle outer channel — B: Sampling needle outer channel — C: Sampling needle inner channel ◆The polluted diluent is sent to the WBC/ HGB chamber. ◆WBC/HGB chamber drain. ◆Second needle rinses.

    The piercing needle inner rinse is equivalent to the sampling needle outer rinse. ◆ WBC/HGB chamber drain. ◆ The sampling needle moves down into the WBC/HGB chamber.

    2.5. Dilutions ◆ Injection of 1.7 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber + injection of 10 µL of blood sample: Raise of the liquide syringe: — delivers 0.5 mL of diluent from the outer sampling needle (B) — injects 1.2 mL of diluent + blood sample from the inner sampling needle ( C). ◆ Bubbling (by means of vacuum syringe downward motion). ◆ Sampling needle moves up. ◆ Outer needle short aspiration (dries the needle). ◆ Sampling needle moves back in the chamber. ◆ Aspiration of 30 µL of diluted blood (dilution 1/170). ◆ Sampling needle moves up. ◆ Injection of 0.4 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber Raise of the liquide syringes (D): — delivers 0.4 mL of diluent from the outer sampling needle (B). ◆ Carriage motion over the RBC chamber. ◆ Sampling needle moves down to the RBC chamber. ◆ Lyse injection into the WBC/HGB chamber + bubbling:

    The liquid syringes raise and the syringe «1» delivers lyse via the WBC chamber bottom. FINAL DILUTION in the WBC CHAMBER: — ABX Micros ES60: 1.7 mL + 0.4 mL diluent + 0.52 mL of lyse = 1/260. — ABX Micros ESV60: 1.7 mL + 0.4mL diluent + 0.47 mL of lyse = 1/255. ◆ Injection of 2.5 mL of diluent into the RBC chamber + injection of 30 µL of diluted blood: The liquid syringes raise: — delivers 0.5 mL diluent via the outer sampling needle. — injects diluted blood from the inner needle + 2 ml of diluent. FINAL DILUTION in the RBC CHAMBER: — 30 µL of diluted blood at 1/170 + 2.5 mL diluent. (1/170) * (30/2500) = 1/15000 ◆ Bubbling. ◆ Sampling needle moves up. ◆ Carriage motion over the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Counting head rinse.

    2.6. Counts ◆ First counts (beep triggered). ◆ Counting head rinse. ◆ Second counts (beep triggered).

    A third count (C3) is carried out if the difference between first (C1) and second count (C2) is not within acceptable limits: ◆WBC: If C1 or C2 > 3000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 7%. If Max C1 or C2 < 3000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 9%. ◆RBC: If C1 or C2 > 16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 5%. If Max C1 or C2 < 16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 8%. ◆PLT: If C1 or C2 > 400, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 15%. If Max C1 or C2 < 400, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 20%. ◆ Counting head rinse. ◆ WBC chamber drain. ◆ Diluent injection into the WBC chamber from the outer sampling needle. ◆ RBC chamber drain. ◆ Carriage motion over the RBC chamber. ◆ Diluent injection into the RBC chamber from the outer sampling needle. ◆ Carriage & needle motions back to the initial positions. ◆ Results display and printed out.

    3. ABX Micros ES60 OT cycle description 3.1. Cycle start condition

    ◆Needle «1» in the sampling position. ◆RBC chamber «2» filled with 2.5 mL of diluent. ◆WBC/HGB chamber «3» filled with 2.5 mL of diluent. ◆Liquid syringes «4» in standby position. ◆Vacuum syringe «5» in the lower position.

    3.2. Sampling

    ◆Aspiration of 10 µL of blood sample: — The liquid syringes assembly moves down and pulls down the sampling syringe «1».

    3.3. Outer sampling needle rinse

    ◆The sampling needle moves up. ◆During this motion, the liquid syringe «2» sends diluent for rinse through the rinsing block (A). ◆The polluted diluent is aspirated from the upper tube by means of the vacuum syringe raise.

    3.4. WBC/HGB chamber rinse & HGB blank measure ◆ Sampling carriage transfer over the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Counting head rinse: Diluent is delivered by means of the liquid syringes raise. ◆ WBC/HGB chamber drain: Aspiration by means of the vacuum syringe raise.

    ◆Needle motion downward of a few steps. ◆Diluent is delivered from the rinsing block: -The liquid syringes move up and a flow of diluent is delivered to the chamber via the outer needle.

    ◆ WBC/HGB chamber drain (second time). ◆ Diluent is delivered from the outer needle (second time). ◆ HGB blank measure (beep triggered). ◆ RBC and WBC/HGB chamber drains.

    3.5. Dilutions ◆ Sampling needle moves down to the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Injection of 1.7 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber + injection of 10 µL of blood sample: Raise of the liquide syringe: — delivers 0.5 mL of diluent from the outer sampling needle. — injects 1.2 mL of diluent + blood sample from the inner sampling needle. ◆ Bubbling (by means of vacuum syringe downward motion). ◆ Sampling needle moves up. ◆ Outer needle short aspiration (dries the needle). ◆ Sampling needle moves back in the chamber. ◆ Aspiration of 30 µL of diluted blood (dilution 1/170). ◆ Sampling needle moves up. ◆ Injection of 0.4 mL of diluent into the WBC/HGB chamber Raise of the liquide syringes (D): — delivers 0.4 mL of diluent from the outer sampling needle (B). ◆ Outer needle aspiration ◆ Carriage motion over the RBC chamber. ◆ Sampling needle moves down into the RBC chamber. ◆ Lyse injection into the WBC/HGB chamber + bubbling: The liquid syringes raise and the syringe «1» delivers lyse via the WBC chamber bottom. FINAL DILUTION in the WBC CHAMBER: — ABX Micros ES60: 1.7 mL + 0.4 mL diluent + 0.52 mL of lyse = 1/260. — ABX Micros ESV60: 1.7 mL + 0.4mL diluent + 0.47 mL of lyse = 1/255. ◆ Injection of 2.5 mL of diluent into the RBC chamber + injection of 30 µL of diluted blood: The liquid syringes raise: — delivers 0.5 mL diluent via the outer sampling needle. — injects diluted blood from the inner needle + 2 ml of diluent.

    FINAL DILUTION in the RBC CHAMBER: — 30 µL of diluted blood at 1/170 + 2.5 mL diluent. (1/170) * (30/2500) = 1/15000 ◆ Bubbling. ◆ Sampling needle moves up. ◆ Carriage motion over the WBC/HGB chamber. ◆ Counting head rinse.

    3.6. Counts ◆ First counts (beep triggered). ◆ Counting head rinse. ◆ Second counts (beep triggered).

    A third count (C3) is carried out if the difference between first (C1) and second count (C2) is not within acceptable limits: ◆WBC: If C1 or C2 > 3000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 7%. If Max C1 or C2 < 3000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 9%. ◆RBC: If C1 or C2 > 16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 5%. If Max C1 or C2 < 16000, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 8%. ◆PLT: If C1 or C2 > 400, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 15%. If Max C1 or C2 < 400, C3 is carried out if difference between C1 and C2 > 20%. ◆ Counting head rinse. ◆ WBC chamber drain. ◆ Diluent injection into the WBC chamber from the outer sampling needle. ◆ RBC chamber drain. ◆ Carriage motion over the RBC chamber. ◆ Diluent injection into the RBC chamber from the outer sampling needle. ◆ Carriage & needle motions back to the initial positions. ◆ Results display and printed out.

    1. Maintenance menu overview …………………………………………………………………S05-2

    1. Maintenance menu overview Pressure Bubbling Temperature Adjustments

    Needle home Carriage home (CT) Needle height Needle depht (CT) Carriage position Production mode US / Standard mode Reagents mode Model

    Config. Parameters Headers

    Needle Carriage Liquid syringe Vacuum syringe Valves Piercing motor (CT) Door opening (CT) Current Temperature Aperture voltages Burning

    All reagents priming Backflush Chambers draining Concentrated cleaning Automatic cleaning

    1. Alarms………………………………………………………………………………………………..S06-2 1.1. Alarms non triggered by errors…………………………………………………………S06-2 1.2. Alarms triggered by errors……………………………………………………………….S06-3 2. Errors …………………………………………………………………………………………………S06-4 2.1. Errors listed by n°…………………………………………………………………………..S06-4 2.2. Erros listed by topics ……………………………………………………………………. S06-10 2.2.1. QC …………………………………………………………………………………….S06-10 2.2.2. Printer ……………………………………………………………………………….. S06-10 2.2.3. Barcode……………………………………………………………………………… S06-10 2.2.4. Software, connection and communication……………………………….. S06-11 2.2.5. Mechanical and service cycles ……………………………………………….S06-13

    1. Alarms ◆ When an alarm is triggered on the instrument, the status button blinks. ◆ Press «Status» button to display the «Status» area.

    ◆ The alarms are sorted by 5 categories (A). Press the corresponding category button to display the alarm messages.

    1.1. Alarms non triggered by errors Alarm N° 1 2 3 4 7

    A statistic dot is out of limits (the alarm is enable/desable depending of the following batch result). Suggested action: Check XB data in QC menu XB screen. Inter QC time limit

    time set elapsed. number> Suggested action: Run the appropriate control. Check the last QC result in QC menu and rerun the appropriate Invalid QC control if necessary. Cycle cancelled by user Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen. The cycle has not been able to be completely performed or: No result received or: Startup cycle failed No previous result to display Suggested action: Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen. Reagent temperature A reagent is not at the correct temperature: error Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen. Check %s expiration date in Maintenance menuReagent screen. If necessary, replace the appropriate reagent by another lot number, run Reagent %s expired priming cycle from reagent screen and run a Startup cycle. (%s = Lyse, Diluent, Cleaner or Pack)» «Check%s level in Maintenance menu Reagent screen. If necessary, replace Low reagent level %s the appropriate reagent , run priming cycle from reagent screen and run a Startup cycle. (%s = Lyse, Diluent, Cleaner or Pack)» %s archive should be Archive the %s category in the Maintenance menu Archive screen by archived connecting a USB key on the analyser. Bar code reader error Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart). LIS connection error Check the connection with the LIS or its availability or its configuration. Printer queue full More than 3 print jobs pending. Wait or check the status of your printer. An error occurred during the last print job. Print error Check the status of your printer and consult the error log. XB Drift

    S06 / 2 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Alarm & error list

    1.2. Alarms triggered by errors Refer to the «2.1.Errors listed by n°» table to see the corresponding error(s). Alarm N°

    5

    Alarm

    Critical cycle error

    Description and action

    Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen.

    16

    Parameters WBC , RBC , HGB & PLT > startup limits or Delay between 2 analyses (X hour adjustable) is over. Invalid startup cycle or Technician ask for a restart without Shutdown. Suggested action: Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen. The connection with the analyzer is not correctly Analyser connection initialyzed. failed Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart). Analyser communication Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen. failed Check level in maintenance menuReagent screen. If Reagent empty necessary, replace the appropriate reagent, run priming cycle from reagent screen and run a Startup cycle. Ticket printer error Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart).

    17

    Application error

    6

    8

    9

    11

    Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart).

    corresponding error n° 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108

    94

    10

    108

    11 90 19 20 23 27 34 35 39 41 42 47 58 63 90 93

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 3

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    2. Errors ◆ When the instrument detects an error, the status button blinks and the error message is displayed in the «Logs» tab. ◆ To access the «Logs» tab: 1 — Press «Maintenance menu» button 2 — Press «Logs» tab.

    2.1. Errors listed by n° N°

    Error

    1

    Unexpected error (%ld)

    2

    Settings file not found

    3

    Settings file corrupted

    4

    Settings file not found : Translations

    5 6 7 8 9

    Software internal error, try to restart the application.

    10 Incompatible EPROM version.

    11

    Internal connection failure, please contact your local technical support.

    Internal read command failure, try to restart the application. Internal write command failure, try to 13 restart the application. 12

    S06 / 4 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Detail Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Setting file is corrupted. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Setting file is missing. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled N/A N/A N/A N/A Reception of an analysis result instead of a QC result or conversely. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Suggested action: Contact your local technical support. Internal communication error. or Serial port opening error Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) and if not ok, try to reinstall the application. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application.

    Alarm & error list

    N° 14

    Error Analyser connection failed (internal RS232)

    15 Cannot configure bar code reader.

    16 Cannot connect to bar code reader.

    17 Cannot connect to bar code reader.

    Read write / error on history file, the 18 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

    Cannot update XB statistics, the 19 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

    Cannot send calibration factors, try to restart the application. Internal command error, try to restart 21 the application.: (code = %s) 20

    22 All reagents prime service cycle failed 23

    Backup of current default reagents configuration files failed

    24 Invalid reagents import file format

    25 Copy of default reagents files failed

    26 Invalid default reagents import file Copy of new default species configuration files failed. Copy of new default species 28 configuration files failed. 27

    29 Invalid default species installation file 30 31 Analyser com port initialisation failed

    Detail RS232 port opening error. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Error during the barcode reader serial port opening Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during the barcode reader initialization. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during the barcode reader initialization. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during «result historic», or «QC list», or «LJ graphic», or «LJ save», or «result save» or «result in historic save» recuperation. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Error during XB loading or No parameter for XB calculation or Corrupted datas or Recording error Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. If not ok, application must be reinstalled. Bad file format or corrupted file Import is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. Bad file format or corrupted file Copy is not possible Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Bad file format or corrupted file Import is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Corrupted species file. Installation is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. N/A Error during instrument serial port opening Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 5

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    N°

    Error

    32 Archive restoration failed

    33 Bar code reader initialisation failed

    Read write / error on history file, the 34 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Error cannot read QC controls files, the 35 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Read / write error on settings file, the 36 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Production comm. port initialisation 37 failed Error cannot read QC controls files, the 38 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Read error on history file, the 39 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. 40 41 QC file write error. Read / write error on reagents file, the 42 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Read / write error on XB file, the 43 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Read / write error on settings file, the 44 application must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. 45

    46

    47 48 49 50

    Detail Internal read/write error. Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Barcode reader initialization failure in the sample identification screens. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during «result historic», or «QC list», or «LJ graphic», or «LJ save», or «result save» or «result in historic save» recuperation. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. QC files repository does not exist or QC files have been corrupted during QC purge. Suggested action:Application must be reinstalled. The setting file exists but its format is not correct. Corrupted file. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. N/A Internal read/write error. The files cannot be load. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Internal read/write error. Error during historic results recovery Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled N/A Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. The reagent list has not been loaded during starting Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled

    XB files loading (opening) error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled The setting file do not exist. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Error during internal printer serial port opening. Ticket printer comm. port Suggested action: initialisation failed, try to restart the Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart). application. If not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during internal printer initialization or functionning. Ticket printer do not answer (timeout) Suggested action: Perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544). Read/write error on LJ file, the application must be reinstalled, files loading (opening) error. contact your local technical support. Send result failed. Check communication protocol setup. N/A Corrupted species file. Import is not possible Cannot import the species file on disk. Suggested action: Try to import another file.

    S06 / 6 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Alarm & error list

    N°

    51

    52

    53

    54

    55

    56 57

    58

    59

    60

    61

    62 63 64 65 66 67

    68

    69

    Error

    Detail

    Possible causes: — USB key withdrawal Online help installation failed, check — Missing file the help file on your USB key. — Corrupted file Suggested action: check the help file on USB key. Critical error, the application must be Internal error. reinstalled, contact your local Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled technical support. Critical error, the application must be Internal error. reinstalled, contact your local Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled technical support. Critical error, the application must be Internal error. reinstalled, contact your local Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled technical support. Critical error, the application must be Internal error. reinstalled, contact your local Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled technical support. Invalid limit value, the application Species file is corrupted. must be reinstalled, contact your local Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled technical support. Invalid patient type, software internal Internal read/write error. error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Reception of an analysis result instead of a QC result or Software internal error, try to restart conversely. Internal read/write error. the application. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal read/write error. Minor error (key not found in %s). Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Get user list failed (unable to open the Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be file), the application must be reinstalled reinstalled, contact your local technical support. Possible causes: Bad RS connection parameter setting, Ethernet, FTP: Bad IP LIS connection failed address, bad user name or password, etc… Suggested action: Check communication protocol setup. Software internal error, please contact Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. your local technical support. If not ok, contact your local technical support. Internal read/write error. Error while deleting user. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. If not ok, application must be reinstalled. Error while modifying user N/A N/A N/A Error during carriage motion check cycle Carriage positioning mechanic cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement failed and run a Startup Error during diluter motion check cycle Diluter positioning mechanic cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement failed and run a Startup Error during door opening check cycle Door opening mechanic cycle failed Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 7

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    N° 70

    Error Needle positioning mechanic cycle failed

    71 Tube piercing mechanic cycle failed

    72

    Valve positioning mechanic cycle failed

    73

    Waste piston positioning mechanic cycle failed

    Read error on QC file, the application 74 must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support. 75 Printing calibration report failed. 76 Printing LJ report failed. 77 Printing log report failed. 78 Printing QC report failed. 79 Printing QC matrix report failed. 80 Printing result report failed. 81 Printing settings report failed. 82 Printing XB report failed. 83 QC control not found Previous invalid QC result automatic 84 deletion. 85 Cleaning service cycle failed 86

    Concentrated cleaning service cycle failed

    87 Draining service cycle failed 88 The %s species import failed. 89 Delete %s species failed.

    90 Ticket printer initialisation failed. Cannot save closed reagent, please contact your local technical support. Software internal error, please contact 92 your local technical support. Cannot open control configuration file, the application must be 93 reinstalled, contact your local technical support. 91

    94

    Invalid startup cycle (wbc/rbc/hgb/ plt)

    S06 / 8 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Detail Error during needle motion check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup Error during tube piercing motion check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup Error during valves check cycle Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart). Error during waste piston motion check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical mouvement and run a Startup Error on QC list import. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Print error or report generation error. Impossible to found a QC with this ID. A QC failed is removed when instantly followed by a QC passed. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Already existing species or corrupted species file Import is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: application must be reinstalled. Error during internal printer initialization Suggested actions: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart). If not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Internal read/write error. Application must be reinstalled. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. If not ok, contact your local technical support. QC list recovery impossible. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Parameters WBC , RBC , HGB & PLT > startup limits Suggested action: Run a startup cycle directly from this status screen.

    Alarm & error list

    N°

    Error Detail Internal command error : Temperature 95 Temperature sensor unplugged. sensor unplugged. Internal command error : Temperature 96 Replace temperature sensor. sensor error. Error during carriage motion. Internal command error : Carriage 97 Problem of home detection, blocked motor or motor out of motor. order. Error during needle motion. Internal command error : Needle 98 Problem of home detection, blocked motor or motor out of motor. order. Error during pressure syringe motion. Internal command error : Pressure 99 Problem of blocked pneumatical circuit, home detection, syringe motor. blocked motor or motor out of order. Error during liquid syringe motion. Internal command error : Liquid 100 Problem of home detection, blocked motor or motor out of syringe motor. order. Error during tube piercing motion. Internal command error : Piercing 101 Problem of tube holder position switches, blocked motor or motor. motor out of order. Error during door opening cycle. Internal command error : No tube 102 Problem of tube holder position switches, or missing tube holder or door opened. holder. Error of tube holder detection. Internal command error : Tube holder 103 Error of tube holder positioning or defective tube holder position. position switches. Internal command error : Close tube 104 Defective detection door switch. holder door. Internal command error : Tube holder 105 door error: please open the door Defective tube holder detection door or blocked door. manually. Internal command error : Sensor error 106 Defective/Misadjusted draining sensor or diluent empty. or diluent empty. Internal command error : Bad HGB Error during HGB blank measurement. 107 reference measure. Run a startup cycle. Check HGB blank (see RAS523A) Internal command error : Analyser 108 Restart the instrument. communication failed.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 9

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    2.2. Erros listed by topics 2.2.1. QC N°

    Error

    41 QC file write error. 83 QC control not found Previous invalid QC result automatic 84 deletion.

    Detail Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Impossible to found a QC with this ID. A QC failed is removed when instantly followed by a QC passed.

    2.2.2. Printer N°

    Error

    Detail Error during internal printer serial port opening. Ticket printer comm. port Suggested action: 45 initialisation failed, try to restart the Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart). application. If not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during internal printer initialization or functionning. 46 Ticket printer do not answer (timeout) Suggested action: Perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544). 75 Printing calibration report failed. Print error or report generation error. 76 Printing LJ report failed. Print error or report generation error. 77 Printing log report failed. Print error or report generation error. 78 Printing QC report failed. Print error or report generation error. 79 Printing QC matrix report failed. Print error or report generation error. 80 Printing result report failed. Print error or report generation error. 81 Printing settings report failed. Print error or report generation error. 82 Printing XB report failed. Print error or report generation error. Error during internal printer initialization Suggested actions: 90 Ticket printer initialisation failed. Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart). If not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544)

    2.2.3. Barcode N°

    Error

    9/ Software internal error, try to restart the 58 application.

    15 Cannot configure bar code reader.

    16 Cannot connect to bar code reader. 17 Bar code reader cannot read.

    S06 / 10 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Detail Reception of an analysis result instead of a QC result or conversely. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Error during the barcode reader serial port opening Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during the barcode reader initialization. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Error during the barcode reader functionning.

    Alarm & error list

    2.2.4. Software, connection and communication N°

    Error

    1

    Unexpected error (%ld)

    2

    Settings file not found

    3

    Settings file corrupted

    4

    Settings file not found : Translations

    10 Incompatible EPROM version.

    11

    Internal connection failure, please contact your local technical support.

    Internal read command failure, try to restart the application. Internal write command failure, try to restart 13 the application. 12

    14 Analyser connection failed (internal RS232) Read write / error on history file, the 18/ application must be reinstalled, contact your 34 local technical support.

    Cannot update XB statistics, the application 19 must be reinstalled, contact your local technical support.

    Cannot send calibration factors, try to restart the application. Internal command error, try to restart the 21 application.: (code = %s) 20

    23

    Backup of current default reagents configuration files failed

    24 Invalid reagents import file format

    25 Copy of default reagents files failed

    26 Invalid default reagents import file 27

    Backup of current default species configuration files failed

    Detail Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Setting file is corrupted. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Setting file is missing. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Suggested action: Contact your local technical support. Internal communication error. or Serial port opening error Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) and if not ok, try to reinstall the application. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. RS232 port opening error. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Error during «result historic», or «QC list», or «LJ graphic», or «LJ save», or «result save» or «result in historic save» recuperation. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Error during XB loading or No parameter for XB calculation or Corrupted datas or Recording error Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal communication error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. If not ok, application must be reinstalled. Bad file format or corrupted file Import is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. Bad file format or corrupted file Copy is not possible Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Bad file format or corrupted file Import is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Try to restart the application.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 11

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    N°

    Error Detail Copy of new default species configuration files Internal read/write error. 28 failed. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. Corrupted species file. Installation is not possible 29 Invalid default species installation file Suggested action: Try to import another file. Error during instrument serial port opening 31 Analyser com port initialisation failed Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Internal read/write error. 32 Archive restoration failed Suggested action: perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Barcode reader initialization failure in the sample identification screens. 33 Bar code reader initialisation failed Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screenShutdownRestart), if not OK, perform a Diagnostic procedure (RAS544) Read / write error on history file, the Error of historic result reading during purge. 34 application must be reinstalled, contact your Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. local technical support. Error cannot read QC controls files, the QC files repository does not exist or QC files have been 35 application must be reinstalled, contact your corrupted during QC purge. local technical support. Suggested action:Application must be reinstalled. Read / write error on settings file, the The setting file exists but its format is not correct. 36 application must be reinstalled, contact your Corrupted file. local technical support. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. 37 Production comm. port initialisation failed N/A Error cannot read QC controls files, the Internal read/write error. 38 application must be reinstalled, contact your The files cannot be load. local technical support. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. Read error on history file, the application must Internal read/write error. 39 be reinstalled, contact your local technical Error during historic results recovery support. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Read / write error on reagents file, the The reagent list has not been loaded during starting 42 application must be reinstalled, contact your Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled local technical support. Read / write error on XB file, the application XB files loading (opening) error. 43 must be reinstalled, contact your local technical Suggested action: support. Application must be reinstalled Read / write error on settings file, the The setting file do not exist. 44 application must be reinstalled, contact your Suggested action: local technical support. Application must be reinstalled Read/write error on LJ file, the application must 47 be reinstalled, contact your local technical files loading (opening) error. support. 48 Send result failed. Check communication protocol setup. Corrupted species file. Import is not possible 50 Cannot import the species file on disk. Suggested action: Try to import another file. Possible causes: — USB key withdrawal Online help installation failed, check the help 51 — Missing file file on your USB key. — Corrupted file Suggested action: check the help file on USB key. Critical error, the application must be Internal error. 52 reinstalled, contact your local technical Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled support.

    S06 / 12 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Alarm & error list

    N°

    Error Invalid limit value, the application must be 56 reinstalled, contact your local technical support. 57 Invalid patient type, software internal error. 59 Minor error (key not found in %s).

    Detail Species file is corrupted. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled

    Get user list failed (unable to open the file), the Internal read/write error. Suggested action: Application 60 application must be reinstalled, contact your must be reinstalled local technical support. Possible causes: Bad RS connection parameter setting, Ethernet, FTP: Bad IP 61 LIS connection failed address, bad user name or password, etc… Suggested action: Check communication protocol setup. 62/ Software internal error, please contact your local Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled. 92 technical support. If not ok, contact your local technical support. Internal read/write error. 63 Error while deleting user. Suggested action: Try to restart the application. If not ok, application must be reinstalled. Read error on QC file, the application must be Error on QC list import. 74 reinstalled, contact your local technical Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled support. Already existing species or corrupted species file 88 The %s species import failed. Import is not possible Suggested action: Try to import another file. Internal read/write error. 89 Delete %s species failed. Suggested action: application must be reinstalled. Cannot save closed reagent, please contact your 91 Internal read/write error. Application must be reinstalled. local technical support. Cannot open control configuration file, the QC list recovery impossible. 93 application must be reinstalled, contact your Suggested action: Application must be reinstalled local technical support. Internal command error : Analyser 108 Restart the instrument. communication failed.

    2.2.5. Mechanical and service cycles N°

    Error

    22 All reagents prime service cycle failed 67 Carriage positioning mechanic cycle failed

    68 Diluter positioning mechanic cycle failed

    69 Door opening mechanic cycle failed

    70 Needle positioning mechanic cycle failed

    Detail Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Error during carriage motion check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup Error during diluter motion check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup Error during door opening check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup Error during needle motion check cycle Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S06 / 13

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    N° 71

    72

    73 85 86 87 95 96 97

    98

    99

    100

    101

    102

    103 104 105 106 107

    Error

    Detail Error during tube piercing motion check cycle Tube piercing mechanic cycle failed Suggested action: manually check the mechanical movement and run a Startup Error during valves check cycle Valve positioning mechanic cycle failed Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Shutdown Restart). Error during waste piston motion check cycle Waste piston positioning mechanic cycle failed Suggested action: manually check the mechanical mouvement and run a Startup Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Cleaning service cycle failed Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Concentrated cleaning service cycle failed Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Suggested action: Restart the analyser (Logout screen Draining service cycle failed Shutdown Restart) and run a Startup. Internal command error : Temperature sensor Temperature sensor unplugged. unplugged. Internal command error : Temperature sensor Replace temperature sensor. error. Error during carriage motion. Internal command error : Carriage motor. Problem of home detection, blocked motor or motor out of order. Error during needle motion. Internal command error : Needle motor. Problem of home detection, blocked motor or motor out of order. Error during pressure syringe motion. Internal command error : Pressure syringe Problem of blocked pneumatical circuit, home detection, motor. blocked motor or motor out of order. Error during liquid syringe motion. Internal command error : Liquid syringe motor. Problem of home detection, blocked motor or motor out of order. Error during tube piercing motion. Internal command error : Piercing motor. Problem of tube holder position switches, blocked motor or motor out of order. Error during door opening cycle. Internal command error : No tube holder or door Problem of tube holder position switches, or missing tube opened. holder. Error of tube holder detection. Internal command error : Tube holder position. Error of tube holder positioning or defective tube holder position switches. Internal command error : Close tube holder Defective detection door switch. door. Internal command error : Tube holder door Defective tube holder detection door or blocked door. error: please open the door manually. Internal command error : Sensor error or diluent Defective/ misadjusted draining sensor or diluent empty. empty. Internal command error : Bad HGB reference Error during HGB blank measurement. measure. Run a startup cycle. Check HGB blank (see RAS523A)

    S06 / 14 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Maintenance

    Section07: Maintenance

    1. Maintenance………………………………………………………………………………………..S07-5 2. Maintenance kit……………………………………………………………………………………S07-5 3. Procedures…………………………………………………………………………………………..S07-6

    RAS520: Installation 1. Unpacking……………………………………………………………………………………. RAS520-2 2. Package kit: ………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS520-3 3. Installation kits………………………………………………………………………………. RAS520-3 4. Visual checks………………………………………………………………………………… RAS520-5 5. Reagent installation ……………………………………………………………………….. RAS520-7 6. Printers ………………………………………………………………………………………. RAS520-10 7. Connexion………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS520-11 8. Instrument startup ………………………………………………………………………… RAS520-12 9. Check up after intervention……………………………………………………………. RAS520-13 10. Archive parameters …………………………………………………………………….. RAS520-13

    RAS521: Yearly maintenance 1. Preparation …………………………………………………………………………………… RAS521-2 2. Yearly maintenance kit description …………………………………………………… RAS521-2 3. Chambers …………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS521-3 4. Insulator replacement …………………………………………………………………….. RAS521-4 5. Vacuum syringe…………………………………………………………………………….. RAS521-5 6. Liquid syringe ……………………………………………………………………………….. RAS521-6 7. Axis lubricating……………………………………………………………………………… RAS521-8 8. Specific Reagent pack…………………………………………………………………….. RAS521-9 9. Specific ABX Micros ES60 CT ………………………………………………………… RAS521-10 10. Specific ABX Micros ES60 OT………………………………………………………. RAS521-11 11. Pulley ………………………………………………………………………………………. RAS521-12 12. Check and adjustments ……………………………………………………………….. RAS521-12

    RAS522: Power supply & SBC board dismantling 1. Dismantling ………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS522-2 2. Power supply voltages check …………………………………………………………… RAS522-6

    RAS523: Main board check & adjustment 1. Main board general view ………………………………………………………………… RAS523-2 2. Power supply voltages check …………………………………………………………… RAS523-3 3. Aperture voltage check …………………………………………………………………… RAS523-3 4. Motor voltages adjustment………………………………………………………………. RAS523-4 5. WBC/RBC/PLT thresholds adjustment ……………………………………………….. RAS523-4 6. Drain sensor adjustment …………………………………………………………………. RAS523-5 7. HGB photometer adjustment …………………………………………………………… RAS523-6 8. WBC gain adjustment …………………………………………………………………….. RAS523-7 9. RBC/PLT gain adjustment………………………………………………………………… RAS523-8

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S07 / 1

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    10. Summary adjustment table ……………………………………………………………. RAS523-9

    RAS524: Vacuum check & adjustment RAS525: Bubbling check & adjustment RAS526: Thermic adjustment RAS527: Needle & carriage adjustment 1. Screen description: ………………………………………………………………………… RAS527-2 2. Needle home adjustment………………………………………………………………… RAS527-4 3. Carriage home adjustment (CT model only)……………………………………….. RAS527-5 4. Needle position adjustment …………………………………………………………….. RAS527-6 5. Barrel front/rear ajustment ………………………………………………………………. RAS527-9 6. Carriage position adjustment …………………………………………………………. RAS527-10

    RAS528: Instrument decontamination 1. Preliminary (20 min.)……………………………………………………………………… RAS528-2 2. Manual decontamination (20 min.)…………………………………………………… RAS528-2 3. Analysis circuit decontamination (30 min.)………………………………………… RAS528-2 4. Drain and rinse (30 min.)………………………………………………………………… RAS528-3

    RAS529: Drain and rinse 1. Preliminary (5 min.)……………………………………………………………………….. RAS529-2 2. Drain and rinse (30 min.)………………………………………………………………… RAS529-2

    RAS530: Check up after intervention 1. Preleminary ………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS530-2 2. Repeatability ………………………………………………………………………………… RAS530-3 3. Control ………………………………………………………………………………………… RAS530-3 4. Calibration …………………………………………………………………………………… RAS530-3

    RAS543: OS & software installation RAS544: Diagnostic tool 1. Touchscreen test……………………………………………………………………………. RAS544-2 2. Printer and barcode reader ……………………………………………………………… RAS544-2 3. Serial number/MAC adress ……………………………………………………………… RAS544-2 4. RTC EEPROM test………………………………………………………………………….. RAS544-2 5. Screen test ……………………………………………………………………………………. RAS544-3 6. Buzzer test……………………………………………………………………………………. RAS544-4 7. Barcode test………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS544-5

    S07 / 2 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Maintenance

    8. RS232 ports test …………………………………………………………………………….. RAS544-5 9. Memory test………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS544-6 10. RTC and EEPROM test ………………………………………………………………….. RAS544-6 11. Printer test ………………………………………………………………………………….. RAS544-6

    RAS545: Boards replacement 1. Main board…………………………………………………………………………………… RAS545-2 2. SBC9312 board …………………………………………………………………………….. RAS545-3 3. USB board ……………………………………………………………………………………. RAS545-4 4. Internal barcode reader…………………………………………………………………… RAS545-5

    RAS546: Screen replacement RAS547: External barcode reader setup 1. Initial setup…………………………………………………………………………………… RAS547-2 2. Interface selection………………………………………………………………………….. RAS547-2 3. Data formatting……………………………………………………………………………… RAS547-2 4. Code selection………………………………………………………………………………. RAS547-2 5. Decoding parameters……………………………………………………………………… RAS547-3

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S07 / 3

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    S07 / 4 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Maintenance

    1. Maintenance 1.1. Introduction Customer maintenance has to be carried out according to the recommended frequency, after having attended a HORIBA Medical approved customer training course. The system warranty may be affected if damage occurs after a non trained technician intervenes or if replaced spare parts and consumables do not come from a HORIBA Medical approved origin.

    1.2. Daily customer maintenance Only a Startup and a Shutdown are required at the beginning and the end of the day. Those cycles are described in the User manual.

    1.3. Weekly customer maintenance An overall check for cleanliness of the system is recommended every week. All traces of blood or reagent have to be wiped off as soon as possible using a piece of cloth and distilled water.

    Never use solvent or abrasive cleaning material to clean the system.

    1.4. Maintenance periodicity Number of cycles < 6000/year > 6000/year

    Maintenance 1/year every 6 month

    2. Maintenance kit ◆ Yearly maintenance kit (XEC061AS) contents: Part numbers FAA017A FAA023A FAA029A FAA036A FAA046A FAA049A FAA053A FAA054A FAA055A GBC236A GBG275A GBC364A

    Designation O’ring, 30,8×3,6 NIT. 70SH (vacuum syringe O’ring) O’ring, 16×1,25 NIT. 70SH (not used on ABX Micros ES60) O’ring, 15×1,5 NIT. 70SH (Diluent piston O’ring) O’ring, 6×1,5 SILIC. 60SH (Lyse piston O’ring) O’ring, 2,75×1,6 VITON (Coaxial O’ring) O’ring, 2,2×1 SILIC. 60SH (not used on ABX Micros ES60) O’ring, 1,4×1,25 FLUOCARBO. O’ring, 0,74×1 FLUOCARBO O’ring, 1,07×1,27 FLUOCARBO (Sampling syringe O’ring) Diluent piston Flat seal, ep = 0.5 (Aperture seal) Insulator

    Qty 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S07 / 5

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    3. Procedures ◆Maintenance and adjustments that need to be done on ABX Micros ES60/ ESV60 are divided up into procedures according to the specific assemblies. This should make any update easier as all interventions can be carried out with the corresponding procedure on its own. ◆Each procedure has to be read in full before beginning the intervention.

    3.1. Procedure list P/N and tittle RAS520: Installation

    RAS521: Yearly maintenance

    Concerns Unpacking — Package & installation kits — Visual checks — Reagents installation Printers — Connexion — Startup — Check after intervention — Archive parameters Preparation — Yearly maintenance kit description — Chamber maintenance Insulator replacement — Vacuum & Liquid syringes maintenance — Axis lubricating — Reagent pack O’ring replacement — Sampling needle or O’ring replacement Piercing needle or O’ring replacement — Pulley maintenance — Check & adjustments

    RAS522: Power supply & SBC board dismantling

    Dismantling — Power supply voltages check

    RAS523: Main board check & adjustment

    Main board general view — Power supply voltage check — Aperture voltage check — WBC/RBC/PLT thresholds check and adjustment — Motor voltage adjustment Drain sensor adjustment — HGB photometer adjustment — WBC/RBC/PLT gain adjustment — Summary adjustment table.

    RAS524: Vacuum check & adjustment RAS525: Bubbling check & adjustment RAS526: Thermic adjustment RAS527: Needle & carriage adjustment RAS528: Instrument decontamination RAS529: Drain and rinse RAS530: Check up after intervention RAS531: Remote display setup RAS543: OS & software installation RAS544: Diagnostic tool

    Vacuum check and adjustment Bubbling check and adjustment Temperature sensor adjustment Needle and carriage home adjustment — Needle and carriage position adjustment Preliminary — Manual decontamination — Analysis circuit decontamination — Drain & rinse Preliminary — Drain & rinse Preliminary — Repeatability — Control — Calibration DHCP server — Fixed IP (not available for this version) OS & Software installation Touchscreen test — Serial N° & MAC adress- RTC Eprom test — Screen test — Buzzer test — Barcode test — RS232 ports test — SD card test RTC and EEPROM test Printer test Main board — SBC9312 board — USB board — Internal barcode reader Screen dismantling & replacement

    RAS545: Boards replacement RAS546: Screen replacement RAS547: External barcode reader External barcode reader configuration and test setup

    S07 / 6 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Maintenance

    3.2. Training department procedure list P/N and tittle RAS520: Installation

    RAS521: Yearly maintenance

    RAS524: Vacuum check & adjustment RAS525: Bubbling check & adjustment RAS523: Main board check & adjustment RAS526: Thermic adjustment RAS527: Needle & carriage adjustment RAS530: Check up after intervention RAS528: Instrument decontamination RAS529: Drain and rinse RAS547: External barcode reader setup RAS543: OS & software installation RAS544: Diagnostic tool RAS531: Remote display setup RAS545: Boards replacement RAS546: Screen replacement RAS522: Power supply & SBC board dismantling

    Concerns Unpacking — Package & installation kits — Visual checks — Reagents installation Printers — Connexion — Startup — Check after intervention — Archive parameters Preparation — Yearly maintenance kit description — Chamber maintenance Insulator replacement — Vacuum & Liquid syringes maintenance — Axis lubricating — Reagent pack O’ring replacement — Sampling needle or O’ring replacement Piercing needle or O’ring replacement — Pulley maintenance — Check & adjustments Vacuum check and adjustment Bubbling check and adjustment Main board general view — Power supply voltage check — Aperture voltage check — WBC/RBC/PLT thresholds check and adjustment — Motor voltage adjustment Drain sensor adjustment — HGB photometer adjustment — WBC/RBC/PLT gain adjustment — Summary adjustment table. Temperature sensor adjustment Needle and carriage home adjustment — Needle and carriage position adjustment Preliminary — Repeatability — Control — Calibration Preliminary — Manual decontamination — Analysis circuit decontamination — Drain & rinse Preliminary — Drain & rinse External barcode reader configuration and test OS & Software installation Touchscreen test — Serial N° & MAC adress- RTC Eprom test — Screen test — Buzzer test — Barcode test — RS232 ports test — SD card test RTC and EEPROM test Printer test DHCP server — Fixed IP (not available for this version) Main board — SBC9312 board — USB board — Internal barcode reader Screen dismantling & replacement Dismantling — Power supply voltages check

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S07 / 7

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    S07 / 8 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS520A

    Installation

    RAS520: Installation

    • Concerns • Unpacking • Kits (package & installation) • Visual check • Reagents installation • Printers • Connexions • Startup

    • Required tools • None

    • Required products • ABX Micros ES60 reagents: bottles or pack

    • Intervention time • 0 h 30

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • All included in the instrument cardboard box

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS520A 1. Unpacking ◆ The instrument is enveloped in a special, protective foam before being placed in a cardboard box. ◆ Carrefully unpack the system as follow:

    B

    A

    C

    D

    E

    RAS520 / 2

    F

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 2. Package kit:

    t

    Reference DAC011A or DAC012A HAN516B 1103113 (for human model only) XBA725A (optional) 7005057 + LAU014A 7001070 RAX055x RAX061x or RAX062x or RAX064x RAC075x (french model only) RAB238xxx or RAB239xxx

    Designation Power supply cable EU or Power supply USA Pen for touchscreen Thermic paper roll USB Barcode reader Cardboard box + sticker Waste plastic bag Reagent leaflet CD ROM User manual CD ROM for ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 User manual CD ROM for ABX Micros ESV60 User manual CD ROM for SCIL VET ABC+ Maintenance book Daily guide ABX Micros ES60 Daily guide ABX Micros ESV60

    Qty 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

    3. Installation kits ◆ Remove the cardboard box containing the installation kit from its location:

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS520 / 3

    RAS520A XEC001A: ABX Micros ES60 bottle Reference DAR006A DAR012A DAR013A DAR023A EAB032A EAE007A EAE009A FAA017A FAA029A FAA036A GBC337A MAB001A MAB002A MAB003A MAB069A MAB090A XEA019A XEA821A GBG138A EAC019A EAE011A FBL001A XDA566A XEA017A

    Designation Fuse 5×20 0.8A T250V Fuse 5×20 2A T 250V Fuse 5×20 2.5A T250V Fuse 5×20 4A 250V «T» connector D=1.6 mm T210-6 Tygon tube 1.52 mm (0.60’’) Tygon tube 2.29 mm (0.090’’) O’ring 30.8×3.6 nit. 70SH O’ring 15×1.5 nit. 70SH O’ring 6×1.5 Silic. 60SH Dust sheet Bent key 2 mm Bent key 2.5 mm Bent key 1.5 mm Spherical key 2.5 mm Male Torx bent key KM1011 grease pot Vactra oil 100 mL bottle Cover key Male Luer connector I=3 Cristal tube 3×6 Rubber stopper 2 holes D inf = 28 Machined red cap Reagent straws

    Qty 1 2 2 1 1 2m 2m 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4m 1 2 3

    XEC002A: ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 Pack Reference DAR006A DAR012A DAR013A DAR023A EAB032A EAE007A EAE009A FAA017A FAA029A FAA036A GBC337A MAB001A MAB002A MAB003A MAB069A MAB090A XEA019A XEA821A GBG138A

    RAS520 / 4

    Designation Fuse 5×20 0.8A T250V Fuse 5×20 2A T 250V Fuse 5×20 2.5A T250V Fuse 5×20 4A 250V «T» connector D=1.6 mm T210-6 Tygon tube 1.52 mm (0.60’’) Tygon tube 2.29 mm (0.090’’) O’ring 30.8×3.6 nit. 70SH O’ring 15×1.5 nit. 70SH O’ring 6×1.5 Silic. 60SH Dust sheet Bent key 2 mm Bent key 2.5 mm Bent key 1.5 mm Spherical key 2.5 mm Male Torx bent key KM1011 grease pot Vactra oil 100 mL bottle Cover key

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Qty 1 2 2 1 1 2m 2m 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 4. Visual checks

    ◆Using the key from the installation kit, turn the locker to open the front panel.

    ◆Unscrew the 3 CHC fixation screws and loosen the 2 located under the reagent flap. ◆Remove the cover: pull it backward and slowly lift it up to the rear of the instrument.

    ◆If the instrument is equipped with a printer on the cover, disconnect its connectors when removing the cover.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS520 / 5

    RAS520A

    ◆Cut and remove the tyrap maintening the carriage on the frame. ◆Check that the needle is not bend and make sure it is in its upper position.

    ◆Loosen the CHC screw. ◆Lift and remove the chamber cover. ◆Check that both chambers are correctly fixed in their clips and that the electrode blocks are firmly screwed to the chambers. ◆Install the chamber cover back. ◆Remove the tape mantening the tube holder.

    ◆Check that the connectors on the main board are securely in place. ◆Install back the cover. ◆If the instrument is equipped with a printer on the cover, connect its connectors when installing back the cover. ◆Remove the screen protection

    RAS520 / 6

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 5. Reagent installation 5.1. Bottle connections 5.1.1. ABX Cleaner

    ◆ABX Cleaner (ABX Miniclean or ABX Cleaner) is placed inside the reagent compartement. ◆Install the reagent straw and the bottle stopper (XEA017A and XDA566A) on the ABX Cleaner bottle. ◆Connect the blue tube to the ABX Cleaner bottle.

    5.1.2. ABX Lyse ◆ 3 different ABX Lyse bottles are available. — ABX Minilyse LMG (1 L) — ABX Alphalyse 360 (0.36 L) — ABX Alphalyse (0,4 L) ◆ Depending on the ABX Lyse bottle, the straws are differents (note that the installation kit only includes straw and cap for ABX Minilyse LMG bottle).

    ABX Minilyse LMG

    ◆ABX Minilyse LMG is placed inside the reagent compartment. ◆Install the reagent straw and the bottle stopper (XEA017A and XDA566A) on the ABX Minilyse LMG bottle. ◆Connect the white tube to the ABX Minilyse LMG bottle.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS520 / 7

    RAS520A ABX Alphalyse 360 (0.36L) .

    ◆The ABX Alphalyse 360 straw (P/n: G0166740) is not provided in the installation kit. Contact your local HORIBA Medical Technical support to order it. ◆Open the pack pulling the flap A and open the level window B

    A

    B

    ◆Install the G0166740 straw on the ABX Alphalyse 360 bottle. ◆Connect the white tube to the ABX Alphalyse 360 bottle. ◆Install the ABX Alphalyse 360 bottle into the reagent compartment.

    G0166740

    ABX Alphalyse (0.4L)

    ◆The ABX Alphalyse straw (P/n: GBG145A + GBG155A) is not provided in the installation kit. Contact your local HORIBA MEDICAL Technical support to order it. ◆Install the reagent straw and the bottle stopper (GBG155A and GBG145A) on the ABX Alphalyse bottle. ◆Connect the white tube to the ABX Alphalyse bottle. ◆Install the ABX Alphalyse bottle into the reagent compartment.

    RAS520 / 8

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    GBG155A

    GBG145A

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 5.2. Diluent & waste connection Diluent connection:

    1 m maximum

    ◆Install a Luer male connector (EAC019A) on a 3×6 cristal tube (EAE001A) having a length of 1 meter maximum. ◆Install a straw (XEA017A) on this tubing. ◆Connect this tubing to the Diluent input at the rear of the instrument ◆Plunge the straw in the ABX Diluent container using the rubber stopper (FBL001A).

    ◆The ABX Diluent container should be installed at the same level than the instrument. ◆Make sure that the Diluent Luer connector is firmly screwed to the rear connection. Waste connection:

    ◆Prepare the waste container using the Waste plastic bag (7001070) and the cardboard box with sticker (7005057 + LAU014A). ◆Install a Luer male connector (EAC019A) on a 3×6 cristal tube (EAE001A). ◆Connect this tubing to the Waste output at the rear of the instrument ◆Plunge the tubing in the waste container previously prepared.

    ◆The waste container should be installed below the instrument. ◆Make sure that the waste Luer connector is firmly screwed to the rear connection. ◆Always follow the recommended procedures for waste disposal. Never connect the instrument wastes directly to the laboratory drain pipes. ◆If required, waste can be neutralized before being discarded. Follow your laboratory’s protocol when neutralizing and disposing of waste. ◆Dispose of the waste container according to the local or national regulatory requirements.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS520 / 9

    RAS520A 5.3. Pack connection

    ◆Remove the reagent output protections, as well as the waste input protection.

    ◆Install the pack directly in the reagent compartment. ◆Push the pack down in order to correctly plug the pack on the male connectors.

    ◆The free male connector must be plugged on the pack upper valve to receive the waste liquids.

    In order to avoid leak problems, it is recommended not to unplug several times the same reagent pack.

    6. Printers 6.1. Integrated ticket printer ABX Micros ES60 includes an integrated ticket printer: ◆ It allows printing of results, QC matrix and XB statistics. All the printouts are in grey levels. Button

    RAS520 / 10

    Name

    Action

    Feed paper

    Enable user to load paper into the printer.

    Pause

    Allows to stop and start again printing without losing data (when paper loading is required for example).

    Printer self test

    Press both button simultaneously and start the instrument with the «ON/OFF» button to start a printer self test.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 ◆Integrated ticket printer accepts «latin characters» only. ◆Please use an external printer when non «latin characters» are used.

    6.2. External printer An external printer can be set up. It can be used: ◆ Locally (connected to the USB port) ◆ Remotely (connected on laboratory network)

    ◆User must check his printer compatibility with ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆A non exhaustive list of printer that can be used with the instrument can be found on the website: http://www.horiba-abx.com/documentation/Other/printers. ◆To acquire the complete and updated list of compatible drivers and printers, please refer to the website: http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi. ◆HORIBA Medical does not guarantee the functioning of all these printers. If necessary, try out several drivers. ◆For more detailed information, please contact your local HORIBA Medical Technical Support Representative.

    7. Connexion Plug the connectors that you need on the rear side of the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60: ◆ 2 RS232 ports: — COM1: to send data to the LIS (top). — COM2: reserved for factory. ◆ 2 USB ports: — 1 to connect an external printer — 1 available ◆ 1 power supply connector: to connect power supply cable to the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆ 1 PS2 port: to connect an external keyboard. ◆ 1 RJ45 port: to connect to LAN Network. RS232 ports

    USB ports

    PS2 port (keyboard)

    RJ45 port (network)

    Power supply connector

    Setup Please refer to RAS531: Remote display setup procedure

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS520 / 11

    RAS520A 8. Instrument startup 8.1. Reagent prime ◆ Turn on the instrument. ◆ Press the «Stop» button when the startup cycle starts, the error message «Command has been cancelled» is displayed. ◆ Press the «Valid» button. ◆ Enter the Technician menu by pressing the «Tech» button. ◆ Enter the password: 01hb05 using the virtual keyboard or the external keyboard, if connected. ◆ Press the «Valid» button twice. ◆ Enter: Maintenance/Service/Adjustment/Prod

    ◆ Press the «Edit» button: — For Pack model, select «Pack» in the «Reagents mode» field, even if «Pack» is already selected. — For Bottle model, select «Bootles» in the «Reagents mode» field, even if «Bootles» is already selected. ◆ Press the «Valid» button. ◆ Enter: Maintenance/Reagent ◆ Refer to the User manual to enter the lot number, name and volume for each reagent, pack or bottle depending of the model.

    ◆ Press the «Serv.» tab. ◆ Press the «Service cycle» button. ◆ Select «All reagents priming» then press the «Start cycle» button.

    RAS520 / 12

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 8.2. Startup ◆ When all reagents are primed, press the «Status» button. ◆ Press the «Startup» button and wait for the end of the cycle.

    ◆If a problem occurs during the first phasis of the startup (mechanical initialization), the cycle stops and an error message is displayed. No values are displayed. ◆If the startup finishes with a wrong blank reference, an error message is displayed (Startup failed) and the mesured blank values are displayed. ◆If the startup finishes with correct blank values, the values are displayed.

    9. Check up after intervention ◆ Perform a «RAS530: Check up after intervention» to ensure the correct functioning of the instrument.

    10. Archive parameters ◆ Once all parameters have been adjusted, and the instrument is ready, ◆ Press the Maintenance button, then the Arch. tab.

    ◆ Select: — «Settings» in order to save the application parameters (Ranges, etc…) — «Analyser» in order to save instruments parameters (mechanical adjustments, ◆ Press the «Complete Archive» button.

    ◆ Insert a USB key into the front slot of the instrument and follow the instruction on the screen.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS520 / 13

    RAS520A

    RAS520 / 14

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS521A

    Yearly maintenance

    RAS521: Yearly maintenance

    • Concerns • Chambers maintenance • Isolator replacement • Vacuum & liquid syringes maintenance • Axis lubricating • Pack connections maintenance (Pack model only) • Needle O’ring replacement • Piercing needle O’ring replacement (CT model only) • Pulley maintenance

    • Required tools • Hexagonal keys • Cutting pliers • Dynamometric screw driver (100, 120, 400 & 700 mNm)

    • Required products • Grease ( LAM009A + LAM004A) • Oil (XEA821A) • Distilled water • Soft paper • Ethanol

    • Intervention time •2h

    • Frequency • 1/Year

    • Specific kit or consumables • Yearly maintenance kit XEC061AS

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS521A 1. Preparation ◆ Run a drain chamber cycle (MaintenanceServiceCustomer servicesHydrau.Chambers Draining). ◆ Turn off the instrument then remove the power supply cable. ◆ Open the front door. ◆ Remove the cover.

    2. Yearly maintenance kit description ◆ XEC061AS contents: Part numbers FAA017A FAA023A FAA029A FAA036A FAA046A FAA049A FAA053A FAA054A FAA055A GBC236A GBG275A GBC364A

    RAS521 / 2

    Designation O’ring, 30,8×3,6 NIT. 70SH (vacuum syringe O’ring) O’ring, 16×1,25 NIT. 70SH (not used on ABX Micros ES60) O’ring, 15×1,5 NIT. 70SH (Diluent piston O’ring) O’ring, 6×1,5 SILIC. 60SH (Lyse piston O’ring) O’ring, 2,75×1,6 VITON (Coaxial O’ring) O’ring, 2,2×1 SILIC. 60SH (not used on ABX Micros ES60) O’ring, 1,4×1,25 FLUOCARBO. O’ring, 0,74×1 FLUOCARBO O’ring, 1,07×1,27 FLUOCARBO (Sampling syringe O’ring) Diluent piston Flat seal, ep = 0.5 (Aperture seal) Insulator

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Qty 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 3. Chambers ◆ Loosen the WBC/RBC chamber cover screws and remove the cover. ◆ Record the tube position before dismantling the chambers.

    3.1. RBC chamber

    ◆Disconnect the chamber tubing and unclip the RBC chamber. ◆Dismantle the electrode (6) by loosening the 2 fixation screws (7) and the coaxial ground screw(3). ◆Install the chamber over a piece of absorbant paper or cloth. ◆Carefully remove the counting head (4) and plunge the aperture (5) in distilled water. ◆Replace the O’rings (2) by new ones (GBG275A).

    Do not manipulate the aperture using hard instrument. Clean the aperture with a piece of soft paper or preferably, in between 2 fingers.

    ◆Use a previously cut micropipette tip to replace the electrode O’ring (FAA046A). ◆Clean the chamber and the counting head with liquid soap, do not introduce any sharp instruments inside so as to avoid damaging the inside of the chamber and the aperture. ◆Reassemble the electrode.

    ◆Do not apply too much pressure on the electrode fixation screws, as it can break the aperture: tightening torque = 120 mN.m / 17 Ozf.in ◆It is recommended to reconnect the tubes on the counting head before reassembling the «electrode/chamber/counting head» assy in order to avoid applying constraint on the chamber. ◆ Rinse thoroughly with distilled water then dry the exterior of the chamber with a soft paper. ◆ Position the chamber in its fixation clips and reconnect the tubes.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS521 / 3

    RAS521A 3.2. WBC chamber ◆Disconnect the chamber tubing and unclip the WBC chamber. ◆Dismantle the electrode (6) by loosening the 2 fixation screws (7) and the coaxial ground screw(3). ◆Proceed as described for the RBC chamber, to clean the chamber and to replace the electrode and aperture O’rings.

    The spectrophotometer can not be dismantled from the chamber. If this one has been dammaged it is necessary to replace the whole chamber assy. When cleaning the spectrophotometer, make sure to thoroughly rinse it in order to obtain a correct HGB blank measure.

    4. Insulator replacement

    ◆Remove the insulator from the drain line exiting the RBC chamber. ◆Install the sponge filter GBC364A in its place. Take care to orient the sponge filter so that the recess in the housing that accommodates the clamp is closer to the top of the housing (the ABX logo molded into one end cap of the housing will be facing downwards).

    RAS521 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 5. Vacuum syringe 5.1. O’ring replacement ◆ Manually pull the piston out of the syringe in order to freed it from the syringe body.

    To pull the piston out of the syringe body, the syringe has to be linked to the atmosphere by pressing the valve 2.

    ◆Unscrew the fixation screws «A» in order to remove the syringe body.

    B

    A

    ◆Unscrew the O’ring tightening screws «B» and remove the O’ring. ◆Spread a little amount of silicone grease between two fingers and apply a very thin film of grease (LAM004A) on a new O’ring (FAA017A). ◆Reinstall in the reverse order. Apply the following torque to the screws «A»: 700 mN.m. ◆Push the piston back inside the syringe body before tightening the O’ring fixation screws «B». Use the dynamometric screwdriver to tighten the screws «B» to 400 mN.m.

    B A

    ◆ Check the watertightness of the syringe by running a «Check pressure» cycle (MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsSensorsPressure). ◆ Run cycles and check for correct operations.

    5.2. Lubrication ◆ Disconnect the diluent and waste inputs located at the rear of the instrument.

    ◆Using a small and flat screwdriver, spread a little amount of grease (LAM009A) on the gearings of the air syringe reductor plate.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS521 / 5

    RAS521A

    ◆Spread a little amount of grease (LAM009A) on the coggs of the piston axis

    ◆Move by hand the piston axis up and down in order to spread the grease all around the gearings and along the axis

    6. Liquid syringe 6.1. O’ring and piston replacement Before this operation, remove the reagent pack. In case of a leak on one of the three syringes it is recommended to replace the entire dilution block. If not proceed as following:

    ◆Pull the piston assy in the upper position and clamp the diluent and lyse tubing. ◆Disconnect the diluent/lyse/sampling tubings from the 3 syringes and the tube on the sampling syringe side. ◆Unscrew the 4 fixation screws (2), and remove the dilution block (1).

    RAS521 / 6

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    ◆Unscrew the 6 screws (1) and (2) in order to remove the body cover (3).

    ◆Pull out the pistons «1», «2» and «3» from the body with their respective O’ring still around. ◆Replace the lyse (FAA036A) and diluent (FAA029A) O’rings by new ones. Spread a little amount of silicone grease between two fingers and apply a very thin film of grease (LAM004A) on the new O’ring. Check the cleanliness of the piston and of the syringe bodies. If necessary clean with a soft paper. ◆Once a year, change the diluent piston (GBC236A) by the new from the kit. Spread a little amount of silicone grease between two fingers and apply a very thin film of grease (LAM004A) on the new O’ring. ◆Spread a little amount of silicone grease between two fingers and apply a very thin film of grease on the 2 new sampling syringe O rings (FAA055A). Replace the old ones «4». ◆Reinstall the dilution block assy in the reverse order. ◆Use the A301 dynamometric screwdriver to tighten the screws «1» and «2» to 400 mN.m

    6.2. Lubrication ◆Disconnect the diluent and waste inputs located at the rear of the instrument (or remove the reagent pack). ◆Move the liquid syringe by hand in order to have an access to the motor gearings. ◆Spread a little amount of grease (LAM009A) on the gearings and on the piston axis. ◆Move by hand the syringe assembly to spread the grease on all parts of the gearings and piston axis.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS521 / 7

    RAS521A 7. Axis lubricating

    ◆Clean the carriage and the needle carriage axis. ◆Put a drop of oil (XEA821A) on each axis. ◆Refer to RAN199A: «Lubrication: information»

    RAS521 / 8

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 8. Specific Reagent pack Run this procedure in case of problem only (leaks,etc…) The O’rings (FAA036A) are not included in the XEA328AS kit.

    ◆Disconnect the pack if this one is still connected. ◆Dismantle the reagent pack front panel unscrewing the four torx screws.

    ◆Use a pair of pliers to cut the O’rings of the reagent connectors. ◆Replace the O’rings by new ones (FAA036A).

    ◆Replace as well the waste connector O’rings (FAA036A).

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS521 / 9

    RAS521A 9. Specific ABX Micros ES60 CT 9.1. Sampling needle or O’ring replacement

    ◆Disconnect the tube «1» from the top of the needle «2». ◆Unscrew the 2 screws «3» in order to free the needle rinsing block «4» from the carriage frame «5».

    ◆Remove the clip «3» and manually lift up the sampling needle. ◆Remove the rinsing block/needle assy from the carriage taking care not to bend the needle. ◆Lift up the O’ring holder «1» and replace the O’rings «2» (FAA054A) by new ones previously greased (with LAM004A). Wipe all excess of grease away. ◆If necessary clean the inner surface of the rinsing block with a little piece of paper. ◆Proceed the same way to replace the needle if necessary. ◆Reassemble in the reverse order. Use a dynamometric screwdriver to tighten the screws «3» to 700 mN.m (99.4 Ozf.in).

    ◆The sampling needle is not included in the XEA328AS kit. The reference is GBC052AS.

    RAS521 / 10

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 9.2. Piercing needle or O’ring replacement

    ◆Disconnect the tube «1» from the piercing needle «4». ◆Lift the needle «2» in the upper position. ◆Loosen the 2 screws «3» just enough to enable the rinsing block to be lifted up of about 5 mm. ◆Pull the piercing needle «4» (foreward) and replace it by a new one if necessary. ◆Replace the piercing needle O’ring «5» (FAA036A) by a new one. Spread a little amount of silicone grease between two fingers and apply a very thin film of grease (LAM004A) on a new O’ring ◆Reassemble in the reverse order. Apply the same torque: 700 mN.m (99.4 Ozf.in) to tighten the two screws «3».

    ◆It is recommended to check the correct motion of the needle. Proceed as follows: Enter: MaintenanceServiceMechanical cycles Moves Needle. ◆The piercing needle is not included in the XEA328AS kit. The reference is GBC189A.

    10. Specific ABX Micros ES60 OT 10.1. Sampling needle ◆Disconnect the tube «7» from the top of the needle. Manually lift up the sampling needle. ◆Unscrew the 2 screws «5» in order to freed the needle rinsing block «2» from the carriage frame. ◆Remove the clip «6». ◆Remove the rinsing block/needle assy from the carriage taking care not to bend the needle. ◆If necessary clean the inner surface of the rinsing block by means of a little piece of soft paper. ◆Spread a little amount of grease (LAM004A) in between the rinsing block «2» and its support. ◆Lift up the O ring holder «4» and replace the O’ring «3» by a new one (FAA053A) previously greased (with LAM004A). ◆Wipe all excess of grease away. ◆Proceed the same way to replace the needle if necessary. ◆Reassemble in the reverse order. Use a dynamometric screwdriver to tighten the screws «5» to 100 mN.m.

    ◆It is recommended to check the correct motion of the needle. Proceed as follows: Enter: MaintenanceServiceMechanical cyclesMovesNeedle ◆The sampling needle is not included in the XEA328AS kit. The reference is GBC069AS.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS521 / 11

    RAS521A 11. Pulley ◆Blockage problems may occur on some instruments during the needle or carriage motions giving some motor error messages. ◆Before replacing the concerned motor, it is necessary to check the correct rotation of the free pulley located at the end of the notched belt.

    A

    ◆Remove the axle screw of the pulley and clean its 2 parts and the washer. Reinstall the pulley assy, the rounded edge facing the pulley. ◆Check that the pulley turns freely after the tightening. Add a drop of oil (LAM007A) if necessary. ◆A — XEA343AS: KIT,PULLEY ASSY MICROS

    12. Check and adjustments 12.1. Needle & carriage position check ◆ Perform a «RAS527: Needle & carriage adjustment» to ensure the correct position of the needle and the carriage.

    12.2. Hydraulic ◆If necessary, refer to the corresponding procedure: — RAS524: Vacuum check & adjustment procedure. — RAS525: Bubbling check & adjustment procedure. — RAS526: Thermic adjustment procedure.

    12.2.1. Vacuum ◆ Barflex connected instead of the tube coming from the valve «8». Value: — 200 mbar ± 10 mbar ◆ Check vacuum drop down during 30 secondes ≤2 mbar

    12.2.2. Bubbling ◆ Default values: — Bubbling 1: 190 — Bubbling 2: 80

    12.2.3. Temperature ◆ Thermometer plunged into the RBC chamber. ◆ Temperature diluent = temperature displayed ± 2°

    Temperature adjustment must be done 20 minutes at least after the instrument has been switched on.

    12.3. Main board adjustment ◆ Perform a «RAS523: Main board check & adjustment» to ensure the correct adjustment of all the voltages, thresholds and gains.

    12.4. Check up after intervention ◆ Perform a «RAS530: Check up after intervention» to ensure the correct functioning of the instrument.

    RAS521 / 12

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS522A

    Power supply & SBC board dismantling

    RAS522: Power supply & SBC board dismantling

    • Concerns • Dismantling of the drawer allowing the access to: — The SBC board — The power supply — The power supply fan

    • Required tools • hexagonal keys • cutting pliers

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 30 mn

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS522A 1. Dismantling ◆ Turn off the instrument and remove the power supply cable. ◆ Open the Front door. ◆ Unscrew the 4 CHC screws maintening the upper cover. ◆ Disconnect the printer wires (no printer on Vet model) and remove the upper cover.

    ◆Gently disconnect the flat cable coming from J22 on the mother board and connected on J1 on the small «Com & dimming board».

    As the «Com & dimming board» is sticked on the SBC board, maintain this board with the fingers when disconnecting the flat cable.

    ◆Remove the IDE flash module.

    ◆Unscrew the 4 CHC screws a the rear of the power supply drawer.

    RAS522 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 C

    B ◆Slowly pull the drawer until the connector of the flat cable previously disconnected appears (A). ◆Disconnect the power supply connector (B). ◆Unscrew the 2 CHC screws (C) maintening the mylar protection.

    C

    ◆Unscrew the last mylar screw (A) and remove the mylar.

    A

    A

    ◆Unscrew the CHC screw maintening the LVDS wire on the power supply assembly. This allows to pull a little bit more the drawer.

    ◆Disconnect: A: The backlight connector (BL OUT), connected on J3 on «Com & dimming board». B: The USB connector (USB), connected on J10 (USB3) on SBC board.

    C B A

    C: On ABX Micros ES60 CT, the printer connector (PRT) connected on Print PWR on SBC board. ◆This allows to pull a little bit more the drawer.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS522 / 3

    RAS522A

    ◆On ABX Micros ES60 CT, carrefuly disconnect the Barcode reader flat cable (A) by unlocking the connector.

    A

    ◆Unscrew the last CHC screw maintening the LVDS wire on the power supply assembly.

    The Barcode reader flat cable connector is very fragile. Take care not to damage it when disconnecting the flat cable.

    ◆Disconnect: — The Touchscreen connector (T), connected in «Touch» on SBC board (A).

    A

    — On ABX Micros ES60 CT, the printer connector (PRT), connected on Print on SBC board (B). — The LVDS wire (C). ◆Make sure that the IDE flash module has been removed. ◆The drawer may be entirely removed.

    ◆Unscrew the 3 spacers and the CHC screws.

    RAS522 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    B C

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    ◆Unscrew the 4 spacers maintening the 2 RS ports. ◆Remove the SBC board.

    ◆Unscrew the 3 CHC screws and remove the power supply upper plate.

    ◆To remove the fan, unscrew the 2 nuts with washers. ◆Cut the tyraps maintening the wiring, disconnect the connector and remove the fan.

    When installing back the fan, make sure that the sticker is on the upper side. ◆ Install in reverse order. ◆ Insert the drawer in the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆ Take care to the wirings when pushing the drawer in the instrument.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS522 / 5

    RAS522A 2. Power supply voltages check ◆ Install the power supply cable and turn on the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆ Check the power supply voltages, the test points are located on the right side of the main board: Supplies DS6 DS3 DS4 DS5

    TP20 TP22 TP23 TP21

    No adjustment available for power supply voltages.

    2.1. Power supply — 12 V Target check: -12V +/- 0.5 ◆ Check between TP20 and TP31 (Ground) -12V Power supply voltage.

    2.2. Power supply + 12 V Target check: +12V +/-0.4 ◆ Check between TP21 and TP31 (Ground) +12V Power supply voltage.

    2.3. Power Supply +24V Target check: 24V +2.5/-1 ◆ Check between TP22 and TP31 (Ground) +24V Power supply voltage.

    2.4. Power Supply +5V Target check: 5V +/- 0.2 ◆ Check between TP23 and TP31 (Ground) +5V Power supply voltage.

    ◆ Install back the upper cover then close the front door.

    RAS522 / 6

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS523A

    Main board check & adjustment

    RAS523: Main board check & adjustment

    • Concerns • Check of: — Power supply voltages — Aperture voltage • Adjustment of: — Thresholds — Motor voltages — Drain sensor — HGB photometer — Gains

    • Required tools • Voltmeter • Thermometer • Screwdriver

    • Required products • LYM latex • GRA latex • RBC/PLT latex

    • Intervention time • 30 minutes

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • None

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS523A 1. Main board general view

    Temperature sensor

    J11

    J38

    J39

    RBC Coax

    WBC Coax

    TP31 TP30 TP29

    HGB assembly

    J21

    TP25

    SBC 9312 Main board XAA587A

    R75

    Gain

    R87

    TP4

    Threshold Gain

    R81

    Threshold J17

    TP33 TP15

    PLT Pulse Process

    Threshold TP13

    Gain

    TP11

    RBC Pulse Process

    TP34 TP7

    TP28

    WBC Pulse Process

    J22 TP2

    Supplies

    TP12 TP17 TP8

    J13

    TP1

    TP6

    DS6 DS3 DS4 DS5

    R5

    Drain sensor

    TP19

    Aperture Voltage

    R73

    R80

    TP27

    R68

    TP16

    R16

    R97

    R74

    TP14

    TP10

    TP9 R82

    R86

    R89

    TP32

    TP24

    TP18 TP26

    HGB

    TP20 TP22 TP23 TP21

    DS1 E3

    E4

    E1

    J5

    J31

    Vacuum Syringe

    Liquid Syringe

    Carriage

    +5V R168

    TP38

    R177

    TP37

    R186

    (7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 for CT model)

    J36

    TP35

    Liquid valves 7,8,10,11,12,13

    TP3

    J35

    R195

    (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 for CT model)

    TP36

    Liquid valves 1, 2, 4, 5, 6

    Ground

    J26

    Power supply

    +24V

    Needle

    +12V -12V

    Cycle start

    J30

    Motor PIERCING ASSY (for CT model only)

    RAS523 / 2

    J6

    J4

    Sensor

    VACUUM SYRINGE

    J10

    J3

    J9

    Sensor Motor LIQUID SYRINGE

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    J2

    J8

    J1

    J7

    Sensor Motor HORIZONTAL CARRIAGE

    J37

    Sensor Motor NEEDLE

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 2. Power supply voltages check ◆ Remove the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 cover. ◆ Switch on instrument. ◆ Ground on TP31 (no adjustments) TEST POINTS TP20 TP22 TP23 TP21

    VOLTAGE — 12 V +/- 0.5 + 24 V + 2.5/- 1 + 5 V +/- 0.2 + 12 V +/- 0.4

    No adjustment available for power supply voltages.

    3. Aperture voltage check ◆ Remove the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 cover. ◆ Switch on instrument. ◆ Access to the «Aperture voltage» menu: Maintenance/Service/Mechanical cycles/Burning ◆ Select «Aperture voltage».

    ◆ Voltmeter connected between TP31 (ground) and TP19 ◆ Press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Target value: 60 V +2.8/-1.5 (no adjustments) ◆ Press the «Valid» button to terminate.

    No adjustment available for aperture voltages.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS523 / 3

    RAS523A 4. Motor voltages adjustment ◆ Remove the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 cover. ◆ Switch on instrument. ◆ Ground on TP31, check and if necessary adjust the following voltages:

    Vacuum Syringe

    Liquid Syringe

    Potentiometers R195 R186 R177 R168 +5V

    Carriage

    R168

    TP38

    R177

    TP37

    Test points TP36 TP35 TP37 TP38

    R186

    TP35

    Voltage 2.50 V ± 0.05 V 2.50 V ± 0.05 V 1.50 V ± 0.05 V 1.00 V ± 0.05 V

    R195

    TP36

    Motors Vacuum syringe Liquid syringe Carriage Needle

    Ground

    J26 +24V

    Needle

    +12V -12V

    J30

    J6

    Motor

    J10

    J4

    Sensor

    J3

    J9

    J8

    J2

    Sensor Motor LIQUID SYRINGE

    VACUUM SYRINGE

    J1

    J7

    J37

    Sensor Motor CARRIAGE

    Sensor Motor NEEDLE

    5. WBC/RBC/PLT thresholds adjustment ◆ Remove the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 cover and switch on instrument. ◆ Ground on TP31, check and if necessary adjust the following voltages: Thresholds WBC RBC PLT

    Voltages 280 mV +/- 7 (826 mV +/-7 on ABX Micros ESV60) 400 mV ± 7 (350 mV +/-7 on ABX Micros ESV60) 180 mV ± 3

    J11

    J38

    J39

    RBC Coax

    WBC Coax

    Test points

    Potentiometers

    TP10

    R68

    TP13

    R75

    TP16

    R82

    TP31 TP30 TP29

    J21

    TP15

    PLT Pulse Process

    RAS523 / 4

    R75

    TP33

    Gain

    R81

    Gain

    R87

    TP4

    Threshold

    TP27 TP19

    Threshold

    Aperture Voltage

    R73

    R80

    Threshold J17

    R16

    R68

    TP16

    TP25

    R97

    TP13 TP11

    RBC Pulse Process

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Gain

    R74

    TP14

    TP10

    TP9 R82

    R86

    R89

    TP32

    TP24

    TP18 TP26

    HGB

    TP34 TP7

    WBC Pulse Process

    TP28

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 6. Drain sensor adjustment

    J13

    TP6

    R5

    Drain sensor

    TP12 TP17 TP8

    J22

    DS1

    6.1. Description The vacuum/waste syringe and the chambers drains are controled by an infrared sensor located below the syringe. Controls carried out by the cell during a cycle are as follows: ◆ Control of the correct operation of the cell: At the first chamber drain, air must be detected in the cell within defined timeout, and followed by liquids. If this switch «air-liquid» has been successfull, the adjustment of the cell (see below) is validated. If not, the cycle is stopped and the following message is triggered: «Reagent diluent empty» (check the connection or the adjustment of the cell). ◆ Control of the chamber drains: A first measure controls that liquids circulate in the cell during a defined timeout. A second measure checks that air has replaced liquid. If so, the drain phasis is validated.

    6.2. Adjustment ◆ Raise the piston up and press the valve <2>. ◆ Manually perform a syringe drain pressing the valve <5> and pulling down the syringe piston. Make sure the cell is perfectly drained (no bubble). ◆ Connect a voltmeter between the ground TP31 and TP6 and adjust, by increasing this adjustment voltage from an inferior value (like 3V), to the target 4.5V ± 0.3 V by means of R5. ◆ Fill the syringe up with diluent and connect it on the detection cell.

    ◆ Push diluent through the sensor and check that the voltage falls down below 1 Volt on the voltmeter.

    Check the commutation from 4.5 Volts to ~ 0 Volt once again pushing and drawning alternately liquid and air through the sensor by means of the syringe. ◆ If nothing happens, switch off the instrument, disconnect the connector from J13 and replace the drain detection sensor by a new one. ◆ Switch on the instrument and carry out the new sensor adjustment as described above.

    However it is posible to control the correct operation of the sensor by means of the LED located next to R5. Indeed the LED should be lit when liquid circulates through the sensor and switched off with air.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS523 / 5

    RAS523A 7. HGB photometer adjustment ◆The HGB photometer calibration must be done 20 min at least after the instrument has been switched on. ◆This adjustment must be done with the WBC chamber cover installed! ◆If the WBC chamber has been dismantled previously, make sure no liquid has flown in between the spectrophotomer and the chamber. Clean the inner surfaces of the spectrophotometer as well as the chamber. Reassemble the assy and tighten the two screws to the following torque: 400mN.m ◆ Remove the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 cover and dismantle the WBC/HGB chamber cover. ◆ Check the general cleanliness of the WBC chamber/spectrophotometer assy. ◆ Re-install the chamber cover and switch on instrument. ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsGains. and select «Photometer».

    ◆ Press the «Adjust» button, the curent channel is displayed on the screen. ◆ By means of R97 adjust the HGB channel according to the room temperature using the following chart table. Room T° (°C) 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

    RAS523 / 6

    Mini 240 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 228 227 226 225 224 223

    Channel Nominal 245 245 244 243 242 241 240 239 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 233 232 231 230 229 228

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Maxi 250 250 249 248 247 246 245 244 244 243 242 241 240 239 238 238 237 236 235 234 233

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 8. WBC gain adjustment The gain adjustment must be done in STANDARD mode only (not in US). Enter menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustment/Prod, press the Edit button and select STANDARD in the US/STANDARD list. Press the Valid button.

    8.1. LYM ◆ Put the LYM latex on a Vortex during 1 minute or shake thoroughly.

    As the WBC gain is a factory adjustment, it is mandatory not to readjust it without taking the following precautions: ◆Carry out previously an autoconcentrated cleaning to make sure of the cleanliness of the WBC counting circuit (If necessary clean the WBC chamber aperture). ◆Do not operate gain adjustment as long as the Lym. and Gran. values are not stable. ◆Make sure the Latex has been thoroughly mixed before. ◆ Run a blank cycle to check the cleanliness of the instrument. ◆ Access to the «Gains» menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustments/Gains and select WBC.

    ◆ Press the «Adjust» button. ◆ When the message «Close the door or push the trigger to start» appears: — ABX Micros ES60 OT: Present the LYM vial of Latex to the open probe and press the sampling bar located behind the sampling needle. — ABX Micros ES60 CT: Put the LYM latex vial into the tube holder position and close the door of the piercing mechanism. An analysis cycle starts ◆ During the cycle measuring phasis, the Lymphocyte and Granulocyte volumes are displayed every 3 seconds. Wait for several results to be displayed and check the stability of both values. ◆ Do not consider here the GRA value.

    It is mandatory not to operate the gain adjustment as long as the Lym and Gra values are not stable. ◆ After one minute, the last volume value displayed on the screen is printed out as well as the WBC histogram. ◆ Check that this printed values corresponds to the following target values: LYM = 52 +/-1 (74+/-1 on ABX Micros ESV60) ◆ If not, rerun a «WBC» gain cycle after having previously mixed the latex vial again and, by means of R74, adjust the volume to the target values during the measuring phasis.

    The «Edit» button allows the technician to change the latex target values if the latex run on the instrument is different from the latex recommended above.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS523 / 7

    RAS523A 8.2. GRA When the LYM gain is correctly adjusted, follow the same procedure to check the GRA gain: ◆ When the message «Close the door or push the trigger to start» appears: — ABX Micros ES60 OT: Present the GRA vial of Latex to the open probe and press the sampling bar located behind the sampling needle. — ABX Micros ES60 CT: Put the GRA latex vial into the tube holder and close the door of the piercing mechanism. An analysis cycle starts ◆ During the cycle measuring phasis, the Lymphocyte and Granulocyte volumes are displayed every 3 seconds. ◆ Wait for several results to be displayed and check the stability of both values. ◆ Do not consider here the LYM value. ◆ After one minute, the last volume value displayed on the screen is printed out as well as the WBC histogram. ◆ Check that this printed values corresponds to the following target values: GRA = 188 +/-2 (222+/-5 on ABX Micros ESV60) ◆ If not, re-adjust LYM gain with the LYM latex.

    9. RBC/PLT gain adjustment The gain adjustment must be done in STANDARD mode only (not in US). Enter menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustment/Prod, press the Edit button and select STANDARD in the US/STANDARD list. Press the Valid button. ◆ Put the RBC/PLT latex on a Vortex during 1 minute or shake thoroughly.

    As the RBC/PLT gain is a factory adjustment, it is mandatory not to readjust it without taking the following precautions: ◆Carry out previously an autoconcentrated cleaning to make sure of the cleanliness of the RBC/PLT counting circuit (If necessary clean the RBC/PLT chamber aperture). ◆Do not operate gain adjustment as long as the RBC and PLT values are not stable. ◆Make sure the Latex has been thoroughly mixed before. ◆ Run a blank cycle to check the cleanliness of the instrument. ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsGains and select RBC and PLT.

    ◆ Press the «Adjust» button. ◆ When the message «Close the door or push the trigger to start» appears: — ABX Micros ES60 OT: Present the RBC/PLT vial of Latex to the open probe and press the sampling bar located behind the sampling needle. — ABX Micros ES60 CT: Put the RBC/PLT latex vial into the tube holder position and close the door of the piercing mechanism. An analysis cycle starts

    RAS523 / 8

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 ◆ During the cycle measuring phasis, the RBC and PLT volumes are displayed every 3 seconds. Wait for several results to be displayed and check the stability of both values.

    It is mandatory not to operate the gain adjustment as long as the RBC and PLT values are not stable. ◆ After one minute, the last volume value displayed on the screen is printed out as well as the RBC and PLT histograms, and the CBC’s results. ◆ Check that this printed values corresponds to the following target values: RBC = 72 +/-1 PLT = 60 +/-1 ◆ If not, rerun a «RBC and PLT» gain cycle after having previously mixed the latex vial again and adjust the volume to the target values during the measuring phasis by means of following potentiometers: RBC gain with R81 PLT gain with R87

    The «Edit» button allows the technician to change the latex target values if the latex run on the instrument is different from the latex recommended above.

    10. Summary adjustment table Target value Adjustment WBC threshold

    Test point TP10

    Ground TP31

    WBC gain (latex) RBC threshold

    TP13

    TP31

    RBC gain (latex) PLT threshold

    TP16

    TP31

    PLT gain (latex)

    Potentiometer ABX Micros ES60

    ABX Micros ESV60

    R68

    280 mV +/-7

    826 mV +/-7

    R74

    LYM = 52 +/-1 GRA = 188 +/-2

    LYM = 74 +/-1 GRA = 222 +/-5

    R75

    400 mV +/-7

    350 mV +/-7

    R81

    72 +/-1

    R82

    180 mV +/-3

    R87

    60 +/-1

    Vacuum syringe motor

    TP36

    TP31

    R195

    2.5V +/- 0.05

    Liquid syringe motor

    TP35

    TP31

    R186

    2.5V +/- 0.05

    Carriage motor

    TP37

    TP31

    R177

    1.5V +/- 0.05

    Needle motor

    TP38

    TP31

    R168

    1.0V +/- 0.05

    Drain sensor

    TP6

    TP31

    R6

    4.5V +/- 0.3 on air < 1V on liquid

    Power supply (check)

    TP20

    TP31

    No adjustment

    -12 V +/- 0.5

    TP21

    TP31

    No adjustment

    +12 V +/- 0.4

    TP22

    TP31

    No adjustment

    +24 V +2.5/- 1

    TP21

    TP31

    No adjustment

    +5 V +/- 0.2

    R97

    According to the room temperature: See “7. HGB photometer adjustment, page 6”

    No adjustment

    60V -1.5/+2.8

    HGB photometer Aperture voltage (check)

    TP19

    TP31

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS523 / 9

    RAS523A

    RAS523 / 10

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS524A

    Vacuum check & adjustment

    RAS524: Vacuum check & adjustment

    • Concerns • Vacuum check and adjustment

    • Required tools • Barflex

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 0 h 15

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • None

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS524A Target value: — 200 mbar +/- 10 ◆ Access to the «Adjust.» menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustments/Adjust. and select «Pressure».

    ◆ Click the «Start cycle» button, the following message appears: — Disconnect the tube from the wacuum/waste syringe coming from the valve «8».

    ◆ Follow the instructions given on the screen: (disconnect the tubing and plug a Barflex on air syringe). ◆ Press the «Valid» button: the piston raises in order to create a vacuum in the syringe body. ◆ Check the stability of the vacuum during 30 seconds: the vacuum drop must be < 2mbar. ◆ If the value is not stable: — Check the quality of the vacuum syringe O’ring (P/n: FAA017A) and replace it if dirty or damaged (see RAS521: Yearly maintenance). — Check the correct greasing of this O’ring (see RAN199A technical note). — Check the tubing watertightness, replace them if too loosy. — Start this procedure again. ◆ If the value is stable but not correct (-200 mB +/-10): — Press the «Edit» button. — Change the value: decrease the value to reduce vacuum or increase the value to augment the vacuum. — Press the «Valid» button. ◆ Check the vacuum again. ◆ Reconnect the tube. ◆ Press the «Valid» button.

    RAS524 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS525A

    Bubbling check & adjustment

    RAS525: Bubbling check & adjustment

    • Concerns • Bubbling check and adjustment

    • Required tools • None

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 15 minutes

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • None

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS525A ◆ An overflow protection tank is installed on the drain circuit of each chamber. This one prevents from polluted liquid to overflow during bubbling phasis.

    ◆ Access to the «Adjust.» menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustments/Adjust and select «Bubbling»..

    ◆ Press the «Check» button, the following message appears: — Please close tube holder door and valid to continue (CT model only) ◆ Close the tube holder and press the «Valid» button. ◆ The bubbling check cycle starts. ◆ Two bubblings are adjustable: — «BUBBLING 1» is the first dilution (WBC/HGB chamber) bubbling value. — «BUBBLING 2» is the second dilution (WBC/HGB chamber + lyse) value and RBC chamber bubbling value. ◆ Both values correspond to a number of steps carried out by the waste/vacuum syringe. Default values are: — BUBBLING 1: 190 — BUBBLING 2: 80

    These values are factory adjusted (and may be different from the default values shown above) and should be modified only when hematologic erroneous results are given by the instument. If values are too important, liquid overflows can occur or if bubbling is too low, homogeneity of the dilution can be affected. Ranges: ◆150 < BUBBLING 1 < 200 ◆60 < BUBBLING 2 < 120 ◆ To modify the bubbling values, press the «Edit» button and type in new step value. ◆ Start this procedure again to check the bubbling.

    RAS525 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS526A

    Thermic adjustment

    RAS526: Thermic adjustment

    • Concerns • Temperature sensor calibration

    • Required tools • Thermometer

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 0 h 15

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • None

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS526A Temperature adjustment must be done 20 minutes at least after the instrument has been switched on. This adjustment must be run as quickly as possible. ◆ Plunge a thermometer in the RBC chamber. ◆ Access to the «Adjust.» menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustments/Adjust. and select «Temperature».

    ◆ Press the «Adjust» button. ◆ Press «Valid» on next screen (Plunge a thermometer in the RBC chamber), a reagent prime cycle starts. ◆ At the end of the prime cycle, the following screen appears.

    ◆ Type in the value read on the thermometer in the «Calibration measure» window then press the «Valid» button. ◆ Press again the «Adjust» button. ◆ At the end of the new reagent prime cycle, check that: Temperature value displayed on the screen = temperature value read on the thermometer +/-2°C ◆ This adjustment has a direct influence on the LMG results.

    RAS526 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS527A

    Needle & carriage adjustment

    RAS527: Needle & carriage adjustment

    • Concerns • Needle & carriage position check and adjustment

    • Required tools • Hexagonal keys • GBC218A tool

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 30 mn

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • None

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS527A 1. Screen description: 1.1. Moves screen 1.1.1. Sub assembly movements check: ◆ This screen allows to check the different moves of the sub assemblies. ◆ Access to the «Moves» menu: Maintenance/Service/Mechanical Cycles/Moves:

    CT model only

    ◆ «Start cyle» button to launch the selected movement:

    1.1.2. Needle & Carriage Sensors check: This function allows to check the needle and carriage sensor functioning. Wait a few seconds to check the change of status. ◆ Needle sensor: — In the «Moves» menu select «Needle» and press the «Needle Sensor» button. — Manually move the needle carriage (up & down), check the Needle button status:

    Needle carriage flag in the sensor

    Needle carriage flag out of the sensor

    ◆ Carriage sensor: — In the «Moves» menu select «Carriage» and press the «Carriage Sensor» button. — Manually move the needle carriage (up & down), check the Carriage button status:

    Carriage flag in the sensor

    RAS527 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Carriage flag out of the sensor

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 1.2. Position screen ◆ This screen allows the adjustment of the needle and carriage positions. ◆ Access to the «Position» menu: Maintenance/Service/Adjustments/Position:

    CT model only

    ◆ Use the «Check» button to launch the selected position (except for needle home):

    ◆ Use the «Adjust» button to adjust the selected position:

    ◆ Adjustments are described thereafter.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS527 / 3

    RAS527A 2. Needle home adjustment If the needle detector has been replaced by a new one or dismantled for any reason, it is mandatory to re-position it at the right height. Proceed as following: ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Needle home». ◆ Press the «Adjust» button and follow the instructions on the screen: ◆ Install the piece of plastic underneath the needle rinsing block.

    OT model

    CT model

    ◆ Push the sampling needle downward until it stops against the piece of plastic and press the «Valid» button in order to raise the needle back in its upper position. ◆ The current number of steps, the mini and maxi values are displayed. ◆ If the current value is out of ranges, adjust the Needle Home sensor position as follow: For a current number of steps out of ranges, unloosen the 2 cell fixation screws and gently move the sensor: — upward if the current value is too low — downward if the current value is too high.

    Tighten the screws and rerun a «Needle sensor» cycle. Check that the current value is correct.

    ◆10 steps correspond to around 1 mm. ◆Ranges: — ABX Micros ES60 CT: 422 < current value < 432 — ABX Micros ES60 OT: 65 < current value < 75

    RAS527 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 3. Carriage home adjustment (CT model only) 3.1. Check ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Carriage home». ◆ Turn the tube holder in order to use the smaller hole (needle position 2). ◆ CLose the tube holder and press the «Check» button. ◆ The carriage moves over the tube holder, the tube holder moves up and the sampling needle gets down. ◆ Check the centring of the sampling needle during this cycle.

    3.2. Adjustment: ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Carriage home». ◆ Turn the tube holder in order to use the smaller hole (needle position 2). ◆ CLose the tube holder. ◆ Manually move the carriage over the tube holder. ◆ Push the sampling needle donward into the smaller hole of the tube holder. ◆ Slowly move the carriage to center the needle in the hole.

    ◆ Press the «Adjust.» button. ◆ The needle raises up, the carriage comes back to its initial position, then the value is displayed. ◆ This value must be recorded between 1 and 50. ◆ Valid this value or cancel to keep the previous one. ◆ Check the position again (see above). ◆ For a current value of steps out of range, unloosen the 2 screws and gently move the sensor: — towards the right if the current value is too low. — towards the left if the current value is too high.

    It is also possible to enter the value by pressing the «Edit» button, and typing in the value.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS527 / 5

    RAS527A 4. Needle position adjustment 4.1. Needle height adjustment When replacing a needle, it is mandatory to adjust the height of the needle in the chambers. Proceed as follows: ◆ Remove the WBC/HGB chamber cover. ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Needle height». ◆ Press the «Adjust.» button and follow the instructions on the screen. ◆ Manually move the carriage over the edge of the RBC chamber. ◆ Manually pull down the needle until it comes into contact with the edge of the RBC chamber.

    ◆ Press the «Valid» button: the needle moves up to the initial position: the value is displayed. ◆ Valid this value or cancel to keep the previous one. ◆ Press the «Check» button: the needle moves into the WBC chamber: check that the needle does not touch the bottom of the chamber or the electrode. ◆ Press the «Valid» button, the needle moves into the RBC chamber: check that the needle does not touch the bottom of the chamber or the electrode.

    It is also possible to enter the value by pressing the «Edit» button, and typing in the value.

    RAS527 / 6

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 4.2. Needle depth adjustment (CT model only) ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Needle depth». ◆ Turn the tube holder to one of the four positions.

    Needle 2

    Needle 5

    Needle 6

    Needle 4

    ◆ Press the «Adjust» button. ◆ Close the tube holder and press the «Valid» button. ◆ The sampler assy moves to the upper position (exept in «Needle 6» position). ◆ Manually pull down the needle until it comes into contact with the bottom of the required sampling position. ◆ Press the «Valid» button. ◆ The sampler assy comes back to the initial position and the sampler door is opened.

    The ABX Micros ES60 CT adjusts automatically the needle depth whatever the tube holder position can be. ◆ A message is displayed and gives the measured value for the detected position. ◆ Press the «Valid» button to use it or the «Cancel» button to keep the previous one. ◆ Turn the tube holder to another needle position and carry out the same procedure to adjust the needle depth. ◆ It is also possible to directly enter the required number of steps for each sampling position. Proceed as follow: — Press the «Edit button». — Select the «Barrel position» using the arrows, the corresponding number of steps is displayed in the «Needle depth» window. — Enter the new value: increase the number of steps to move the needle deeper or decrease the value to raise the needle. Needle

    Barrel — decrease the value + increase the value

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS527 / 7

    RAS527A — Confirm the new value by pressing the «Valid» button or cancel. — The minimum and maximum step values are as follow: Needle pos.

    Mini 1 1 1 1 1 1

    1 2 3 4 5 6

    Number of steps Default 790 660 890 960 1040 920

    Maxi 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

    Specific adjustment for control blood position If the needle touches the bottom of the control vial, or if the control blood vial is not well emptied, perform the following adjustment:

    Theorical level for position 6 adjustment

    ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Needle depth». ◆ Select «6» for barrel position. ◆ Install an empty vial in position 6. ◆ Press the «Adjust» button. ◆ Close the tube holder. ◆ Manually move the needle down, inside the vial, then press the «Valid» button: the needle moves up and the value is displayed. ◆ Press the «Valid» button to confirm the new value, or the «Cancel» button to keep the previous one. ◆ For the bottom vial thickness, it is necessarry to add 20 steps to the new value. ◆ Press the «Edit» button, and enter the value+20 steps for Neddle depth. ◆ Press the «Valid» button. ◆ Select «Needle depth» again, and press the «Check» button. ◆ The needle moves down into the vial, then it moves up to the home position. Check that the needle do not touch the bottom of the vial.

    RAS527 / 8

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 5. Barrel front/rear ajustment This adjustment is factory made but it is possible, if necessary, to re adjust it. ◆ Loosen the Tube holder axis (A) then move it forward or backward to center the needle in the hole of the tube holder. ◆ Tighten the axis

    A

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS527 / 9

    RAS527A 6. Carriage position adjustment 6.1. Adjustment This adjustment is the same for a ABX Micros ES60 CT and for a ABX Micros ES60 OT (CT model on pictures). The needle position in the WBC chamber can be adjusted as follows: ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Carriage position». ◆ Press the «Adjust» button and follow the instructions on the screen. ◆ Position the tool (P/N: GBC218A) over the RBC and WBC chambers. ◆ Manually lower the needle into the WBC chamber.

    ◆ Validate to raise the needle back to its upper position: the value is displayed. ◆ Valid this value or cancel to keep the previous one.

    6.2. Check ◆ Enter: MaintenanceServiceAdjustmentsPosition and select «Carriage position». ◆ Position the tool (P/N: GBC218A) over the RBC and WBC chambers. ◆ Press the «Check» button and follow the instructions on the screen. ◆ The needle comes down to the WBC chamber: check that the needle is centered in the hole of the tool. ◆ Press the «Valid» button. ◆ If the needle is not well centered in the hole, start the «Carriage position adjustment again, or press the «Edit button and modify the value as follow: — If the needle goes too far on the right, add 1 step to the current value for 0.1 mm. — If the needle is too much on the left, decrease the current value of 1 step for 0.1 mm.

    Increase the value

    ◆ Check the position again.

    RAS527 / 10

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Decrease the value

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS528A

    Instrument decontamination

    RAS528: Instrument decontamination

    • Concerns • Instrument decontamination before maintenance operation in the following cases: — Instrument move out of the biologic risks area — Maintenance intervention on contaminate suspected assemblies.

    • Required tools • Hexagonal keys • Clamps • Flat screwdriver • Torx keys

    • Required products • Fungicidal, bactericidal, virus killing detergent spray, non corrosive for metals, non plastic altering • Bleach solution 9°Cl • Deionize water • Protection gloves • Absorbant paper • Distilled water

    • Intervention time • 1h35

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • Drain and rinse kit XEA349AS for Pack equipped instrument

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS528A 1. Preliminary (20 min.) ◆ Switch on the instrument and run a «Startup» cycle. ◆ Run an «Automatic cleaning» cycle: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «Automatic cleaning» and press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Switch off the instrument, remove the supply cable and open the instrument cover. ◆ Spray the bactericidal cleaner on all assemblies that may provide biologic risks and wait for 10 minutes (assemblies in contact with the operator such as instrument cover, tube holder, keyboard, start key, sampling needle neighboured assemblies…

    2. Manual decontamination (20 min.) ◆ Remove the WBC/HGB chamber cover. ◆ Dilute the 9°Cl bleach to 1 part of bleach for 4 of deionize water (1/5). ◆ Instrument environment must be cleaned and decontaminated. ◆ No sponge, nor cloth must be used. Only absorbant paper, thrown after use, in contamination bins, can be employed. For small or weak assemblies use accurate drier papers. ◆ All assemblies that is suspected to have contact with biologic product must be disinfected with the diluted bleach (the stainless steel must bleached below 30°Celsius). ◆ Blood stains or salt marks must be cleaned with spray detergent first. Concerned assemblies: — Outer surfaces of the instrument (perpex, covers, touchscreen, reagent locations…) — Keyboards — Waste connector plug — Liquid valve push — Needle neighboured assemblies — Tube holder assy — Overflow trays ◆ Reinstall all the assemblies and setup the instrument in its initial configuration.

    3. Analysis circuit decontamination (30 min.) 3.1. Bottle version ◆ Prepair 1 bottle containing 1/2 litre of bleach diluted to 1 part of bleach for 9 parts of deionize water (1/10). ◆ Prepair 1 bottle containing 1/2 litre of distilled water. ◆ Switch on the instrument. ◆ Replace the reagent bottles by the diluted bleach bottle. ◆ Run a «All reagents priming» cycle: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Fill a sample tube with diluted bleach to 1 part of bleach for 4 of deionize water (1/5). ◆ Run 15 analysis cycles: 1- for a ABX Micros ES60 CT: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceMechanical cyclesBurning — Select «Burning» and type in «15» in the «Number of burning cycles» window. — Press the «Start cycle» button. 2- For a ABX Micros ES60 OT — Manually run 15 cycles. ◆ Leave the instrument operating until it stops.

    RAS528 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 3.2. Pack version ◆ Prepair 1 bottle containing 1/2 litre of bleach diluted to 1 part of bleach for 9 parts of deionize water (1/10). ◆ Prepair 1 bottle containing 1/2 litre of distilled water. ◆ Prepair one empty bottle of 1 litre for waste. ◆ Switch on the instrument. ◆ Replace the reagent pack by the Drain & Rinse kit (XEA349AS). ◆ Plunge the straws into the diluted bleach bottle and the waste tube into the empty waste bottle. ◆ Run one «All reagents priming» cycle: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Fill a sample tube with diluted bleach to 1 part of bleach for 4 of deionize water (1/5). ◆ Run 15 analysis cycles: 1- for a ABX Micros ES60 CT: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceMechanical cyclesBurning — Select «Burning» and type in «15» in the «Number of burning cycles» window. — Press the «Start cycle» button. 2- For a ABX Micros ES60 OT — Manually run 15 cycles. ◆ Leave the instrument operating until it stops.

    4. Drain and rinse (30 min.) ◆ Remove the 3 reagent straws from the bottle containing the diluted bleach. ◆ Wrap the straws in absorbant paper. ◆ Run 2 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button twice. ◆ The bleach is drained. ◆ Replace the diluted bleach by the distilled water bottle and plunge the straws in distilled water. ◆ Run 6 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button 6 times. ◆ Remove the 3 reagent straws from the distilled water (wrap the straws in absorbant paper). ◆ Run 2 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button twice. ◆ The distilled water is drained. ◆ Run a «Standby» cycle. ◆ Re-install the reagent bottles and the straws (or re-install the Pack instead of the Drain & Rinse kit). ◆ Run one «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Switch off the instrument. ◆ Close the instrument cover.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS528 / 3

    RAS528A

    RAS528 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS529A

    Drain and rinse

    RAS529: Drain and rinse

    • Concerns • Instrument rinse and drain before: — an extended shutdown — an instrument removing

    • Required tools • None

    • Required products • Distilled water

    • Intervention time • 0 h 35

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • Drain and rinse kit XEA349AS for Pack equipped instrument.

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS529A 1. Preliminary (5 min.) ◆ Switch on the instrument and run a «Startup» cycle. ◆ Run an «Automatic cleaning» cycle: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «Automatic cleaning» and press the «Start cycle» button.

    2. Drain and rinse (30 min.) 2.1. Bottle version ◆ Prepair one bottle containing 1/2 litre of distilled water. ◆ Remove the 3 reagent straws from the bottles and container. ◆ Wrap the straws in absorbant paper. ◆ Run 2 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button twice. ◆ The reagents are drained. ◆ Replace the reagent bottles by the distilled water bottle and plunge the straws into distilled water. ◆ Run 6 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button 6 times. ◆ Remove the 3 reagent straws from the distilled water (wrap the straws in absorbant paper). ◆ Run 2 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button twice. ◆ The distilled water is drained. ◆ Run a «Standby» cycle. ◆ Check that the diluent syringe piston is in park position (upper position). ◆ Remove the distilled water and install the installation kit box instead. ◆ Install a tyrap in order to block the needle carriage.

    ◆ Clean the reagent stains from the instrument. ◆ Put an adhesive tape on the tube holder door (ABX Micros ES60 CT) to prevent from opening it. ◆ Switch the instrument off.

    RAS529 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 2.2. Pack version ◆ Prepair one bottle containing 1/2 litre of distilled water. ◆ Prepair one empty bottle of 1/2 litre for waste. ◆ Install the «Drain and rinse kit», XEA349AS instead of the Reagent pack. ◆ Plunge the waste tube into the empty waste bottle. ◆ Wrap the 3 reagent straws in absorbant paper. ◆ Run 2 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button twice. ◆ The reagents are drained. ◆ Plunge the straws into distilled water.

    To the waste or to an empty bottle

    ◆ Run 6 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button 6 times. ◆ Remove the 3 reagent straws from the distilled water (wrap the straws in absorbant paper). ◆ Run 2 «All reagents priming» cycles: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «All reagents priming» and press the «Start cycle» button twice. ◆ The distilled water is drained. ◆ Run a Standby cycle. ◆ Check that the diluent syringe piston is in park position (upper position). ◆ Remove the Drain and rinse kit. ◆ Switch off the instrument. ◆ Install a tyrap in order to block the needle carriage.

    ◆ Clean the reagent stains from the instrument. ◆ Put an adhesive tape on the tube holder door (ABX Micros ES60 CT) to prevent from opening it. ◆ Switch the instrument off. ◆ Install the installation kit box on the pack location.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS529 / 3

    RAS529A

    RAS529 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS530A

    Check up after intervention

    RAS530: Check up after intervention

    • Concerns Check up and control of the instrument accuracy: • Repeatability • Control • Calibration

    • Required tools • None

    • Required products • Fresh and normal blood sample • Control blood • Calibration blood sample

    • Intervention time • 1h

    • Frequency • on request

    • Specific kit or consumables • None

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS530A

    Cleaning Reagent check

    Startup

    OK

    Repeatability

    OK

    Quality control

    Not OK

    Calibration

    OK

    End

    1. Preleminary ◆This procedure must be perform on a clean instrument. ◆If the instrument is suspected not to be perfectly clean, run an «Automatic cleaning» cycle: — Enter: MaintenanceServiceCustomer Services Hydrau. — Select «Automatic cleaning» and press the «Start cycle» button. ◆ Run a «Startup» cycle and ensure the results are correct.

    RAS530 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 2. Repeatability ◆ Based on 20 consecutive analyses without alarm from one fresh and normal blood sample. ◆ Run 20 consecutive analyses ◆ Control to have variation coefficients (CV) within the following acceptable limits: Parameters

    Measurement range From to

    CV

    WBC

    < 2.5 %

    4.75

    12.50 x 103/mm3

    RBC

    <2%

    4.00

    HGB HCT

    < 1.7 % <2%

    12.0 37.0

    5.00 x 106/mm6 16.6 g/dL 50.0 %

    PLT

    <5%

    150

    355 x 103/mm3

    X: Mean Xi: Measure value n: Measure number SD: Standard deviation

    CV is calculated by means of the below formula:

    3. Control ◆ Run a Quality Control, as described in the User manual. ◆ If the results of this Quality Control are within the ranges, this procedure is finished. ◆ If the results are out of the ranges, run a calibration procedure

    4. Calibration ◆ Run a calibration only if the Control results are out of ranges. ◆ Refer to the User manuel to run this calibration.

    Calibration coefficient ranges ◆ After any calibration has been performed on the ABX Micros ES60, verify that all parameter calibration coefficients are within their specified ranges, as indicated in this table: Coefficients of calibration WBC RBC HGB HCT PLT MPV RDW PDW

    Minimum

    Maximum

    0.89 0.73 0.83 0.87 0.99 0.75 0.75 00.75

    1.29 1.05 1.39 1.29 1.41 1.13 1.25 1.25

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS530 / 3

    RAS530A

    RAS530 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS543A

    OS & software installation RAS543: OS & software installation

    • Concerns • Installation of the Operating System and/or the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 application

    • Required tools • USB key • External keyboard

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 20 mn

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • ABX Micros ES60: XEC071AS • ABX Micros ESV60: XEC072AS or • http://www.horiba-abx.com

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS543A ◆ On a personal computer, from the CD ROM, copy the following files on an empty USB key (32Mo minimum): — ARMBSP_SYSTEM_X.X.X (X.X.X.X) — NMH_Application_V.X.X.X.X or NMV_Application_V.X.X.X.X ◆ Connect the USB key, the keyboard and the power supply. ◆ Turn ON the instrument. ◆ Follow the diagram on next page to release: — The system (OS linux) and the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 apllication. or — The ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 application only.

    RAS543 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 «A system installation file has been found on USB mass storage device». «Current system version: X.Y.Z(X.Y.Z.R)» «New system version: X.Y.Z(X.Y.Z.R)» «Do you want to install it? (y/n)».

    If you want to install system (OS Linux) & ABX Micros ES 60 application

    y + Enter «Warning: current system is going to be entirely replaced» «Are you sure you want to continue ? (y/n)» y + Enter If you want to install ABX Micros ES 60 application only

    «Do you want to format the storage memory ? (y/n)» If selected, all datas & parameters will be lost

    y + Enter

    n + Enter

    Recommended

    «Installation successfull» «Unplug the USB mass storage device and press ENTER to reboot» DO NOT REMOVE the USB key then press Enter «A system installation file has been found on USB mass storage device». «Current system version: X.Y.Z(X.Y.Z.R)» «New system version: X.Y.Z(X.Y.Z.R)» «Do you want to install it? (y/n)».

    n + Enter «An application installation file has been found on USB mass storage device». «Do you want to install it? (y/n)» y + Enter «Do you want to erase application data and configuration ? (y/n)» If you want to erase data and configuration

    y + Enter

    n + Enter

    If you want to keep data and configuration (recommended)

    «Please, wait during installation. This operation may take a few minutes.» Wait for 8 or 10 minutes «Installation successfull» «Unplug the USB mass storage device and press ENTER»

    If system has been installed

    Remove the USB key then press Enter

    If application only has been installed

    «TSLIB calibration utility» «Touch crosshair to calibrate»

    Wait for the start of the ABX Micros ES 60 application

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS543 / 3

    RAS543A

    RAS543 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS544A

    Diagnostic tool RAS544: Diagnostic tool

    • Concerns • Enter Serial number -> MAC Adress • Test all hardware features

    • Required tools • External keyboard

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 20 mn

    • Frequency • On request or after SBC9312 board replacement

    • Specific kit or consumables • XEC027AS: ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 Diagnostic kit

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS544A The diagnostic kit allows to check the different sub assemblies of the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆ Connect the keyboard and the power supply cable. ◆ Insert the USB key in the front USB port then turn ON the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60.

    1. Touchscreen test ◆ A cross appears on the screen. Press the center of this cross, it will move to the next position. Press the cross for each position. ◆ The message «Dalle calibrée, vous pouvez lancer les tests*» appears. *: «Touchscreen calibrated, you can launch the tests»

    If the touchscreen test is failed, it will not allow you to correctly perform the rest of the procedure. None of the following tests block the rest of the procedure until the end. ◆ Click the button: «2- SAV».

    2. Printer and barcode reader ◆ The message «Disposez vous d’une imprimante:Interne? Externe?*» *: «Have you got a printer: Internal? External?» and the message «Disposez vous d’un lecteur code barre: Oui Non»** appear **: «Have you got a barcode reader: Yes No»? ◆ Select your printer. ◆ Declare or not your barcode reader. ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: «Next»

    3. Serial number/MAC adress ◆ On next screen, enter the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 number and the day: example: Micros n: 7 06 ESO H 00008* JOUR: 10 (actual day) The MAC adress appears example 00:50:C2:58:93:F1 *: the serial number is located on a label behind the instrument. ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: «Next»

    4. RTC EEPROM test ◆ On next screen, enter the date and time: example: Date: 10 31 2006 (Month, day, year) Heure: 10 36 52 (hours, minutes, secondes) ◆ Click the button: «1- RTC» ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: «Next»

    RAS544 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 5. Screen test ◆ Click the button: «1- Demarrer le test de l’ecran»*. *: «1- Start the screen test». ◆ A black screen appears, check that there is no default (missing pixel, for example). ◆ On next screen : «Avez vous constate des defauts sur l’ecran noir ?»*: *: «Have you seen some default on the black screen ?» — If you want to test the black screen again, click the button: «4- Recommencer le test*». The test starts again. *: «4- Start the test again» or — If you have seen some defaults, click the button: « 2- Oui*». *: «2- Yes» The message: «Erreur ’’test noir’’ non passe»* is displayed. Click the «Accepter»**button, the Diagnostic software goes to next test. *: «Error ’’black test’’ failed». **: «Accept» or — If the black screen is ok, click the button: «3- Non*». *: «3- No» ◆ A red screen appears, then a green, and a blue. Follow the same procedure for those screens. ◆ The following screen appears:

    ZONE 1

    ZONE 3

    ZONE 2

    For each color, check the 3 different zones as follow: — Zone 1: Progressive range from dark to clear. — Zone 2: Range vertical dark/clear hatches. — Zone 3: Diagonal dark/clear hatches starting with a dark triangle in the left upper corner. ◆ On next screen : «Avez vous constate des defauts sur l’ecran mire ?»*: *: «Have you seen some default on the test screen ?» — If you want to test the screen again, click the button: «4- Recommencer le test*». The test starts again. *: «4- Start the test again» or — If you have seen some defaults, click the button: « 2- Oui*».

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS544 / 3

    RAS544A *: «2- Yes» The message: «Erreur ’’test mire’’ non passe»* is displayed. Click the «Accepter»**button, the Diagnostic software goes to next test. *: «Error ’’screen test’’ failed». **: «Accept» or — If the screen is ok, click the button: «3- Non*». *: «3- No» ◆ On next screen: — If you want to test the screen again, click the button: «4- Recommencer le test*». The test starts again. *: «4- Start the test again» or — Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: «Next» ◆ On next screen, click the button: «1- Demarrer le test de luminosite»* *:»Start the luminosity test» ◆ On next screen : «Avez vous constate un changement de luminosité?»*: *: «Have you seen a luminosity change?» — If you want to run the luminosity test again, click the button: «4- Recommencer*». The test starts again. *: «4- Start again» or — If you have not seen a luminosity change, click the button: « 3- Non*». *: «3- No» The message: «Erreur: test de luminosite non passe»* is displayed. Click the «Accepter»**button, the Diagnostic software goes to next test. *: «Error: luminosity test failed». **: «Accept» or — If you have seen a luminosity change, click the button: «2- Oui*». *: «2- Yes»

    6. Buzzer test ◆ On next screen, click the button: «1- Lancer le test du buzzer*» *: «Launch the buzzer test» ◆ On next screen: «Avez vous entendu les 3 frequences differentes?»* *: «Did you heard the 3 different frequencies?» — If you want to test the buzzer again, click the button: «4- Recommencer*». *: «Start again» or — If you did not correctly heard the buzzer, click the button: «3- Non*». *: «No» The message: «Erreur: test du buzzer non valide»* is displayed. Click the «Accepter»**button, the Diagnostic software goes to next test. *: «Error: Buzzer test invalid». **: «Accept» or — If you heard correctly the buzzer, click the button: «2- Oui*». *: «Yes»

    RAS544 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 7. Barcode test ◆ On next screen, click the button: «1- Demarrer le test code barres»*. *: «Start the barcode reader test» — Wait for the scanner initialization, then pass the following barcodes in front of the barcode reader, at a distance from approximately 10 to 15 cm. — Check that all the barcodes are correctly read.

    CODE 39

    Interleaved 2 of 5

    CODABAR

    CODE 128

    ISTB128

    ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: «Next»

    8. RS232 ports test ◆ Plug a serial cable (DAC028A) between serial port 1 and serial port 2 at the rear of the instrument.

    ◆ Click the button: «1 — Demarrer le test des ports serie»*. *: «1- Start the serial port test». ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» when it becomes green. *: Next

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS544 / 5

    RAS544A 9. Memory test ◆ On next screen, if not selected, select «Disk on chip» in the column «Choix utilisateur*» *: «User choice» ◆ Click the button: «1- Test Memoire*». *: «1- Memory test» ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» when it becomes green. *: Next

    10. RTC and EEPROM test ◆ On next screen, click on «Arreter»*. *: «Stop» Turn the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 OFF. — Unplug the serial cable (DAC028A) from the serial port 1 & 2 at the rear of the instrument (leave the USB key). ◆ Turn the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 ON. — The first screen displays the date and time of the instrument when it has been turned off and the date and time after boot. ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: Next ◆ In order to test the ethernet connexion, the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 should be connected to a PC by the mean of an ethernet cross cable on the RJ45 port at the rear of the instrument.

    ◆ Enter the IP address (See “IP address:, page 7”) of the test PC, then click on «2- IP fixe». ◆ Click the button: «Test suivant*» *: Next ◆ If the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 is not connected, click on «3- Bypass».

    11. Printer test ◆ Click the button: «1- Imprimer resultats»*. *: «Print results». The results of the test are printed (this will check the printer). ◆ Check the correct printout of the results:

    RAS544 / 6

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAPPORT DU TEST DE SAV Micros nb 611ESCH82195 valide MAC : 00:50:C2:58:90:10 Tech: Nom du test 1 Touch screen test 2 PS2 port test 3 RTC EEPROM test 4 Screen test 5 Luminosity test 6 Buzzer test 7 Barcode test 8 USB test 9 RS232 port test 10 RS232 port 3 test 11 SD card test 12 Disk on chip 13 SD/IDE test 14 Linux test 15 RTC and EEPROM test 16 Ethernet port test

    Resultat du test ok ok ok ok ok ok ok non ok non non ok ok non ok non

    — ok: test done and passed — nok: test done, but not passed — non applicable: test for factory only, or not done applicable applicable applicable

    applicable applicable

    Fin du test: 11/10/2007 — 14:29:00

    ◆ On next screen, click the button «Eteindre le Micros*». *: Turn off the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 ◆ Remove the USB key.

    ◆IP address: To know the IP address, the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 must be connected to a PC and be turned ON. On the PC, click on “Start/Run”, enter “cmd” and click on “ok”. When the following window appears, enter “ipconfig”.

    Press on Enter, the IP address is displayed.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS544 / 7

    RAS544A

    RAS544 / 8

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS545A

    Boards replacement RAS545: Boards replacement

    • Concerns • Main board, SBC9312 board, USB board and barcode reader board replacement.

    • Required tools • Hexagonal key

    • Required products • Backup of the previous parameters (analyser & settings) on a USB key.

    • Intervention time • 1 h 00

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • XEC027AS: ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 Diagnostic kit

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS545A 1. Main board 1.1. Preliminary ◆ This board includes: — A software EPROM: pneumatical and mechanical cycles… — A RAM: stepper motor parameters…

    1.2. Dismantling

    ◆Turn off the instrument and remove the power supply cable. ◆Remove the upper cover. ◆Unscrew the 2 CHC screws with washers maintening the coaxial cables on the support plate.

    ◆Disconnect all connectors from the main board. ◆Unscrew the 2 CHC screws at the rear of the instrument.

    ◆Unscrew the 6 CHC screws and remove the Main board. ◆Remove the Coaxial protection (A) by unscrewing the 2 CHC screws at the rear of the board. ◆Install the Coaxial protection on the new board by screwing the 2 CHC screws at the rear of the board. ◆Install the new board at the place of the previous one and screw it using the 6 CHC screws (do not forget the 2 at the rear of the instrument). ◆Connect back all connectors. ◆Screw the 2 CHC screws with washers maintening the coaxial cables on the support plate.

    1.3. Adjustment Run a «RAS523: Main board check & adjustment» procedure.

    RAS545 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    A

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 1.4. Restoring parameter

    ◆If a backup has been previously done (see RAS520: Installation “10. Archive parameters, page 13”) on a USB key, it is possible to restore all analyser settings (mechanical adjustments) from this USB key by pressing the «Archive restore» button:

    2. SBC9312 board 2.1. Preliminary ◆ This board includes: — One Flash EPROM: Operating system Linux ARMBSP (Size ~ 16 Mo) — One EEPROM: serial number, MAC address — One IDE flash module: Application software, customer parameters (pathological limits…), sample results, QC, logs…

    2.2. Dismantling ◆ See «RAS522: Power supply & SBC board dismantling» procedure ◆ If the previous IDE flash module is not damaged, install it on the new SBC9312 board. In this case, all application/user settings/results/QC/logs will not be loosen. ◆ If the previous IDE flash module has been damaged, use the IDE flash module supplied with the new SBC9312 board. The software application is already installed on it. In this case, it is possible to restore all user settings.

    2.3. Diagnostic Run a «RAS544: Diagnostic tool» procedure.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS545 / 3

    RAS545A 2.4. Restoring parameter

    ◆If a backup has been previously done (see RAS520: Installation “10. Archive parameters, page 13”) on a USB key, it is possible to restore all customer settings (pathological limits…) from this USB key by pressing the «Archive restore» button:

    3. USB board

    ◆Disconnect the USB board connector. ◆Unscrew the 2 CHC screws then remove the board. ◆Install the new one in reverse order. ◆Run a «RAS544: Diagnostic tool» procedure.

    RAS545 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 4. Internal barcode reader

    ◆Unscrew and remove the upper screw. ◆Loosen the lower screw and turn the white plate.

    ◆Unscrew the 2 black CHC screws and carrefuly remove the barcode reader with its flat cable.

    ◆Carrefuly open the barcode reader connector to disconnect the flat cable. ◆Connect the Flex to the new barcode reader then install in reverse order. ◆Run a «RAS544: Diagnostic tool» procedure. Closed

    Open

    If the barcode reader flat cable (flex) need to be removed, the power supply drawer should be opened to disconnect this cable from the SBC9312 board. Follow the «RAS522: Power supply & SBC board dismantling» procedure, to access to the flex connector on the SBC9312 board.

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS545 / 5

    RAS545A

    RAS545 / 6

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS546A

    Screen replacement

    RAS546: Screen replacement

    • Concerns • Screen dismantling and replacement

    • Required tools • Hexagonal key

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time • 20 mn

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS546A E ◆Turn on the ABX Micros ES60 and disconnect the power supply cable. ◆Open the front door. ◆Unscrew the screen ground (A). Take care to the washers. ◆Unscrew the 3 LVDS cable fixations (B). ◆Disconnect the LVDS cable (C). ◆Disconnect the touch screen flat cable (D). ◆Unscrew the 4 torks screws maintening the screen on the front door. ◆Carefully remove the screen and disconnect the inverter board cable.

    D

    E

    A

    B

    B

    E

    E

    ◆Connect the inverter board cable on the screen assembly. ◆Screw the screen on the front door using the 4 Torks screws. ◆Connec the LVDS flat cable. ◆Connect the touch screen flat cable (see below). ◆Screw the 2 LVDS fixation on the screen plate. ◆Screw the ground on the screen plate (2 washers). ◆Connect the power supply cable and turn on the ABX Micros ES60/ESV60. ◆Run a «RAS544: Diagnostic tool» procedure.

    to be cut ◆When installing a new screen assembly, the sides of the flat cable should be cut on 2 mm in order to ensure a correct entry of the male connector in the female connector

    ok 2 mm

    ◆Take care to the sense of the Touch screen connector when reassembling the screen assy. ◆Make sure the arrows are in this position

    RAS546 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    C B

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 RAS547A

    External barcode reader setup

    RAS547: External barcode reader setup

    • Concerns • Internal barcode reader setup

    • Required tools • None

    • Required products • None

    • Intervention time •

    • Frequency • On request

    • Specific kit or consumables • XEA725A

    Disposal gloves, eyes protection and lab coat must be worn by the operator. Local or national regulations must be applied in all the operations.

    RAS547A ◆Never type data with the external keyboard when reading barcode label with the external barcode reader. Risk of erroneous data entries! ◆Never use a PS2 keyboard at the same time as the external barcode reader (connected on the USB port). Risk of erroneous data entries! ◆Never connect external barcode reader on PS2 port.

    1. Initial setup $+$* Restore system default configuration

    2. Interface selection ◆ The ALT-mode selection allows barcodes sent to PC to be interpreted correctly independently from the keyboard nationality used.

    Make sure the Num Lock key on your keyboard is ON.

    $+UA04$- USB-KBD -ALT-MODE

    3. Data formatting $+EA10$- no Terminator

    4. Code selection $+ Enter configuration

    AZ0 Disable all family codes

    AB11AB*0ll6 Code39, no C.D. , 1 to 16 char

    AC110416 ITF, no C.D. , 4 to 16 char

    AD111AD*0316 Codabar, no start/stop, 3 to 16 char

    AI11 Code128, C.D. control without transmission

    $- Exit and save configuration

    RAS547 / 2

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 5. Decoding parameters $+ Enter configuration

    ED3 4 good reads before accepting code

    $- Exit and save configuration

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    RAS547 / 3

    RAS547A

    RAS547 / 4

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    Section08: Exploded views

    1. List …………………………………………………………………………………………………….S08-2 2. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 front cover……………………………………………………….S08-5 3. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 upper cover ……………………………………………………..S08-6 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view ………………………………………..S08-7 5. Power supply……………………………………………………………………………………….S08-8 6. Boards ………………………………………………………………………………………………..S08-9 7. Screen ……………………………………………………………………………………………… S08-10 8. Liquid syringe…………………………………………………………………………………….S08-11 9. Vacuum syringe………………………………………………………………………………….S08-12 10. Carriage ………………………………………………………………………………………….S08-13 11. Valves……………………………………………………………………………………………..S08-14 12. WBC Chamber ………………………………………………………………………………… S08-15 13. RBC Chamber………………………………………………………………………………….. S08-16 14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block ……………………………………………………..S08-17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block ……………………………………………………… S08-17 16. Sample tube holder assembly (CT) ……………………………………………………… S08-18 17. Sample tube holder motor (CT) …………………………………………………………..S08-19 18. Sampling bar (OT) …………………………………………………………………………….S08-20 19. Reagent connection assembly ……………………………………………………………. S08-20 20. Wire kits………………………………………………………………………………………….S08-21 21. Miscellaneous………………………………………………………………………………….. S08-22

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 1

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    1. List N° in drawing 1 2 2* 2** 1 2

    GBC320A GBC321A GBC322A GBC323A XDB083AS XDB084AS

    1

    XDA474DS

    2

    XDB061A

    3

    XDA473BS

    4

    XDB062A

    4*

    XDB134A

    5

    GBC333A

    1 2 3 1

    XBA710AS XBA699AS XEC009AS XAA591AS

    6. Boards, p9

    1*

    XAA592AS

    6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 7. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8.

    2 2* 2** 3 4 5 6 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

    XAA607AS XAA608AS XAA609AS GBC318A XAA580A AAK014A BBC010A XBA721AS XDA473BS XBA273AS GBC173A GBC032A GBC244A GBC028A FAA036A GBC029A FAA029A GBC031A GBC236A GBC027A FAA055A GBC033A XBA319B

    Drawing 2. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 front cover, p5 2. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 front cover, p5 2. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 front cover, p5 2. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 front cover, p5 3. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 upper cover, p6 3. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 upper cover, p6 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view, p7 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view, p7 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view, p7 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view, p7 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view, p7 4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view, p7 5. Power supply, p8 5. Power supply, p8 5. Power supply, p8 6. Boards, p9

    Boards, p9 Boards, p9 Boards, p9 Boards, p9 Boards, p9 Boards, p9 Boards, p9 Screen, p10 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11 Liquid syringe, p11

    S08 / 2 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Reference

    Designation ABX Micros ES60 CT front cover ABX Micros ES60 OT front cover ABX Micros ESV60 front cover SCIL abc VET front cover UPPER COVER ASSY ABX Micros ES60 UPPER COVER ASSY ABX Micros ESV60 SYRINGE, WASTE CPTE MICROS (See 9. Vacuum syringe, page S08-12) VALVE, LIQ 5 VALVES ASSY M60 (See 11. Valves, page S08-14) SYRINGE, 3 SYRINGE BLOCK ASSY (See 8. Liquid syringe, page S08-11) VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 CT (See 11. Valves, page S08-14) VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 OT (See 11. Valves, page S08-14) Chamber cover (See 21. Miscellaneous, page S08-22) Power supply assemby Power supply fan Fuse kit ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 MOTHER BOARD ABX Micros ES60 Mother Board ABX Micros ESV60 (veterinary version) SBC9312 BOARD + COM MES60 ABX Micros ES60 SBC9312 BOARD + COM MES60 ABX Micros ESV60 SBC9312 BOARD + COM MES60 SCIL BOARD MYLAR PROTECTION USB BOARD MES60 PCB, IDE FLASH MODULE MES60 PCB, BATTERY, LITHIUM 3V SCREEN ASSY ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 SYRINGE, 3 SYRINGE BLOCK ASSY MOTOR, STEP BY STEP + GEARING SYRINGE, COGGRAIL FOR LIQ. SYR. SYRINGE, 3 SYR. TRANSL. GUIDE MOTOR, REDUCTOR PLATE ASSY SYRINGE, DILUTION BLOCK BODY O’RING, FLOWCELL + LYSE DISP. MIC SYRINGE, DILUTION BLOCK COVER O’RING, DISPENSER MICROS 15×1,5 SYRINGE, LYSE PISTON MIC/P60/80 SYRINGE, DILUENT PISTON (KELF) O’RING, TEFLON 12µL SYRINGE MIC O’RING, MICROS SAMPLING SYRINGE NEEDLE, SAMPLING DISPENSER MIC SENSOR, IR WASTE AG/HE + SYR.MIC

    Exploded views

    Drawing 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 9. Vacuum syringe, p12 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 10. Carriage, p13 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 11. Valves, p14 12. WBC Chamber, p15 12. WBC Chamber, p15 12. WBC Chamber, p15 12. WBC Chamber, p15 13. RBC Chamber, p16 13. RBC Chamber, p16 13. RBC Chamber, p16 13. RBC Chamber, p16 14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block, p17 14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block, p17 14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block, p17 14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block, p17 14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block, p17 16. Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18

    N° in drawing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1* 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1

    Reference XBA273AS XDA474DS CAG008A GBC035A XBA319B GBC235A FAA017A GBC238A GBC260AS GBC244A GBC143A XEA343AS DBE014A FBR002A XBA250A GBC049A DAL008A FBR003A XDA639AS XDA638AS XDB062A XDB134A XDB061A XDB041A XDB042A XDB135A EAZ006A XDB136A XDA471ES XBA722AS GBG275A FAK003A XDA470ES XBA723AS GBG275A FAK001A DBK019A GBC069AS GBC071A FAA053A GBC070A DBK019A GBC052AS GBC124A FAA054A GBC123A FAA036A GBC279A XDB094AS

    Designation MOTOR, STEP BY STEP + GEARING VAC/WASTE SYRINGE ASSY SYRINGE, PLASTIC GUIDE L=63,5 SYRINGE, COGGRAIL FOR AIR SYR. SENSOR, IR WASTE AG/HE + SYR.MIC CHAMBER, WASTE/VAC. SYR. PISTON O’RING, TANK MIN/AG + WASTE MIC CHAMBER, WASTE CHICANE MICROS CHAMBER, INJ.WASTE/VAC.SYR.BODY MOTOR, REDUCTOR PLATE ASSY SYRINGE, PULLEY SYR/LIQ + AIR MIC KIT, PULLEY ASSY MICROS CABLE, BUSHING D=3,2 BLACK BELT, NEEDLE MICROS 290MM SENSOR, IR WASTE CH. 5D (2 EAR) MOTOR, PULLEY (NEEDLE) MOTOR, STEPPER MICROS/P60 BELT, CARRIAGE MICROS 380MM CARRIAGE, NEEDLE ASSY MICROS CARRIAGE, FRAME ASSY MICROS60 VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 CT VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 OT VALVE, LIQ 5 VALVES ASSY M60 VALVE, LIQ. 2 WAYS/NC 24V 4W VALVE, LIQ. 3 WAYS 24V 4W VALVE, LIQ. 2WAYS/NC W/O COIL VALVE, SOLENOID 24V 4W VALVE, LIQ. 3WAYS W/O COIL CHAMBER, WBC/HB MICROS 60 CPTE CABLE, COAX WBC ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 O’RING, APERTURE D=0,5 CHAMBER,APERTURE 80µm CHAMBER, RBC MICROS COMPLETE COAX RBC ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 O’RING, APERTURE D=0,5 CHAMBER,APERTURE 50µm CLIP, SAMPLING NEEDLE HOLDER NEEDLE, SAMPLING MICROS OT/LC NEEDLE GUIDE NEEDLE O’RING NEEDLE RINSING BLOCK CLIP, SAMPLING NEEDLE HOLDER NEEDLE, SAMPLING MICROS CT NEEDLE,GUIDE MICROS CT O’RING, SAMPL. NEEDLE CT/C+/P80 NEEDLE, RINSING BLOCK MICROS CT O’RING, FLOW CELL+LYSE DISP. MIC NEEDLE, PIERC. MIC CT (2 PINS) SAMPLE TUBE HOLDER ASSEMBLY MES60

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 3

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    N° in drawing 2 3 4 5 6 6* 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1

    CAE006A DAM006A FCB001A GBC058A GBC226AS GBC229AS GBC330A KAG001A GBC362A XDB094AS GBC056A CAE006A DAL009A DBE018A GBC219A CAE006A GBC368A XDA538AS EAC019A EAC010A EAC008A XEC006AS

    20. Wire kits, p21

    2

    XEC008BS

    21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21.

    Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22

    1 2 3 4 5 6

    GBC177A FAJ010A XBA619A XBA281A CBE081A XEC007BS

    21. Miscellaneous, p22

    7

    XEC009AS

    21. 21. 21. 21. 21.

    8 9 10 11 12

    GBC364A GBC333A 1103113 EAE061AS XBA727A

    Drawing 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 18. 18. 18. 19. 19. 19. 19. 20.

    Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder assembly (CT), p18 Sample tube holder motor (CT), p19 Sample tube holder motor (CT), p19 Sample tube holder motor (CT), p19 Sample tube holder motor (CT), p19 Sample tube holder motor (CT), p19 Sampling bar (OT), p20 Sampling bar (OT), p20 Sampling bar (OT), p20 Reagent connection assembly, p20 Reagent connection assembly, p20 Reagent connection assembly, p20 Reagent connection assembly, p20 Wire kits, p21

    Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22 Miscellaneous, p22

    S08 / 4 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Reference

    Designation SWITCH, MICROSWITCH XC5-81-S2 VALVE, SOLENOID MICROS CT PIERC SAMPLING, BRAKING GEAR MIC/SPS COVER, TUBE HOLDER PLASTIC DOOR SAMPLING, STANDARD TUBE HOLDER SAMPLING,OPTIONAL TUBE HOLDER SPRING, CT DOOR SAMPLING, PLASTIC SCREW 3×8, Q50 SAMPLING, GEARING FOR CLOSE TUBE SAMPLE TUBE HOLDER ASSEMBLY MES60 SAMPLING, CAM FOR PIERCING BLOCK SWITCH, MICROSWITCH XC5-81-82 MOTOR, MICROS CT PIERCER CABLE, BUSHING D=9,5 BLACK SAMPLING, NEW TOUCH BAR MICROS SWITCH, MICROSWITCH XC5-81-S2 TOUCH BAR HOLDER REAGENT, CONNEXION PLATE FITTING, LUER MALE I=3MM FITTING, LUER FEMALE CONNECT. ANTI TRACTION RING Printer wire kit (XBA690A +XBA691A) Front cover wire kit (XBA686A + DAD140A + XBA689A + XBA697A + XBA688A) COVER, LATCH FOR MICROS DOOR COVER, LOCKER REF: E3-59-15 SENSOR, IR L=360 (Waste detection) SENSOR, TEMPERATURE MIC./LC220 PRINTER Barcode kit (CBC018A + DAD140A) Fuses kit (2xDAR012A + 1xDAR006A + 2xDAR013A + 1xDAR045A) Insulator Cover, WBC/RBC metal MES60 Thermal paper roll TEFLON TUBE 1,32×1,93, Lg = 2m Cable, ground with flat clip Lg=190mm d=4

    Exploded views

    2. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 front cover

    1

    2

    Number 1 2 2* 2**

    Reference GBC320A GBC321A GBC322A GBC323A

    or

    2*

    or 2**

    Designation ABX Micros ES60 CT front cover ABX Micros ES60 OT front cover ABX Micros ESV60 front cover SCIL abc VET front cover

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 5

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    3. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 upper cover

    1

    2

    Number Reference 1 XDB083AS 2 XDB084AS

    Designation UPPER COVER ASSY ABX Micros ES60 UPPER COVER ASSY ABX Micros ESV60

    S08 / 6 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    4. ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 internal left side view

    2

    1

    Number 1 2 3 4 4* 5

    Reference XDA474DS XDB061A XDA473BS XDB062A XDB134A GBC333A

    3

    4 or 4*

    5

    Designation SYRINGE, WASTE CPTE MICROS (See 9. Vacuum syringe, page S08-12) VALVE, LIQ 5 VALVES ASSY M60 (See 11. Valves, page S08-14) SYRINGE, 3 SYRINGE BLOCK ASSY (See 8. Liquid syringe, page S08-11) VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 CT (See 11. Valves, page S08-14) VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 OT (See 11. Valves, page S08-14) Chamber cover (See 21. Miscellaneous, page S08-22)

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 7

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    5. Power supply 1

    3 2

    Number Reference 1 XBA710AS 2 XBA699AS 3 XEC009AS

    Designation Power supply assemby Power supply fan Fuse kit ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    S08 / 8 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    6. Boards

    1 or 1*

    3

    6 4

    5 2 or 2* or 2** Number 1 1* 2 2* 2** 3 4 5 6

    Reference XAA591AS XAA592AS XAA607AS XAA608AS XAA609AS GBC318A XAA580A AAK014A BBC010A

    Designation MOTHER BOARD ABX Micros ES60 Mother Board ABX Micros ESV60 (veterinary version) SBC9312 BOARD + COM MES60 ABX Micros ES60 SBC9312 BOARD + COM MES60 ABX Micros ESV60 SBC9312 BOARD + COM MES60 SCIL BOARD MYLAR PROTECTION USB BOARD MES60 PCB, IDE FLASH MODULE MES60 PCB, BATTERY, LITHIUM 3V

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 9

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    7. Screen

    1

    Number Reference 1 XBA721AS

    Designation SCREEN ASSY ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    S08 / 10 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    8. Liquid syringe 2

    1

    3

    15

    6

    4

    7 8 9

    5

    12

    13 x2

    10 14 11

    Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

    Reference XDA473BS XBA273AS GBC173A GBC032A GBC244A GBC028A FAA036A GBC029A FAA029A GBC031A GBC236A GBC027A FAA055A GBC033A XBA319B

    Designation SYRINGE, 3 SYRINGE BLOCK ASSY MOTOR, STEP BY STEP + GEARING SYRINGE, COGGRAIL FOR LIQ. SYR. SYRINGE, 3 SYR. TRANSL. GUIDE MOTOR, REDUCTOR PLATE ASSY SYRINGE, DILUTION BLOCK BODY O’RING, FLOWCELL + LYSE DISP. MIC SYRINGE, DILUTION BLOCK COVER O’RING, DISPENSER MICROS 15×1,5 SYRINGE, LYSE PISTON MIC/P60/80 SYRINGE, DILUENT PISTON (KELF) O’RING, TEFLON 12µL SYRINGE MIC O’RING, MICROS SAMPLING SYRINGE NEEDLE, SAMPLING DISPENSER MIC SENSOR, IR WASTE AG/HE + SYR.MIC

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 11

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    9. Vacuum syringe 1 3

    4

    5

    11 6

    10

    7 2 8

    9

    Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

    Reference XBA273AS XDA474DS CAG008A GBC035A XBA319B GBC235A FAA017A GBC238A GBC260AS GBC244A GBC143A

    Designation MOTOR, STEP BY STEP + GEARING VAC/WASTE SYRINGE ASSY SYRINGE, PLASTIC GUIDE L=63,5 SYRINGE, COGGRAIL FOR AIR SYR. SENSOR, IR WASTE AG/HE + SYR.MIC CHAMBER, WASTE/VAC. SYR. PISTON O’RING, TANK MIN/AG + WASTE MIC CHAMBER, WASTE CHICANE MICROS CHAMBER, INJ.WASTE/VAC.SYR.BODY MOTOR, REDUCTOR PLATE ASSY SYRINGE, PULLEY SYR/LIQ + AIR MIC

    S08 / 12 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    10. Carriage 2 4

    8

    2

    4

    6

    5 6

    1

    5 2 7

    3

    1

    9

    Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

    Reference XEA343AS DBE014A FBR002A XBA250A GBC049A DAL008A FBR003A XDA639AS XDA638AS

    Designation KIT, PULLEY ASSY MICROS CABLE, BUSHING D=3,2 BLACK BELT, NEEDLE MICROS 290MM SENSOR, IR WASTE CH. 5D (2 EAR) MOTOR, PULLEY (NEEDLE) MOTOR, STEPPER MICROS/P60 BELT, CARRIAGE MICROS 380MM CARRIAGE, NEEDLE ASSY MICROS CARRIAGE, FRAME ASSY MICROS60

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 13

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    11. Valves

    1 or 1*

    2

    5

    6

    7

    3

    Number 1 1* 2 3 4 5 6 7

    6

    4

    Reference XDB062A XDB134A XDB061A XDB041A XDB042A XDB135A EAZ006A XDB136A

    Designation VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 CT VALVE, LIQ 6 VALVES ASSY M60 OT VALVE, LIQ 5 VALVES ASSY M60 VALVE, LIQ. 2 WAYS/NC 24V 4W VALVE, LIQ. 3 WAYS 24V 4W VALVE, LIQ. 2WAYS/NC W/O COIL VALVE, SOLENOID 24V 4W VALVE, LIQ. 3WAYS W/O COIL

    S08 / 14 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    12. WBC Chamber 1

    3 x2

    4

    2

    Number 1 2 3 4

    Reference XDA471ES XBA722AS GBG275A FAK003A

    Designation CHAMBER, WBC/HB MICROS 60 CPTE CABLE, COAX WBC ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 O’RING, APERTURE D=0,5 CHAMBER,APERTURE 80µm

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 15

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    13. RBC Chamber 1

    3 x2

    4

    2

    Number 1 2 3 4

    Reference XDA470ES XBA723AS GBG275A FAK001A

    Designation CHAMBER, RBC MICROS COMPLETE COAX RBC ABX Micros ES60/ESV60 O’RING, APERTURE D=0,5 CHAMBER,APERTURE 50µm

    S08 / 16 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    14. ABX Micros ES60 OT rinsing block 1

    Number 1 2 3 4 5

    2

    Reference DBK019A GBC069AS GBC071A FAA053A GBC070A

    3

    4

    5

    Designation CLIP, SAMPLING NEEDLE HOLDER NEEDLE, SAMPLING MICROS OT/LC NEEDLE GUIDE NEEDLE O’RING NEEDLE RINSING BLOCK

    15. ABX Micros ES60 CT rinsing block 1

    Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

    2

    Reference DBK019A GBC052AS GBC124A FAA054A GBC123A FAA036A GBC279A

    3

    4

    5

    6

    7

    Designation CLIP, SAMPLING NEEDLE HOLDER NEEDLE, SAMPLING MICROS CT NEEDLE,GUIDE MICROS CT O’RING, SAMPL. NEEDLE CT/C+/P80 NEEDLE, RINSING BLOCK MICROS CT O’RING, FLOW CELL+LYSE DISP. MIC NEEDLE, PIERC. MIC CT (2 PINS)

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 17

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    16. Sample tube holder assembly (CT)

    1

    2 x4 6 or 6*

    3

    4 7 5

    8

    Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 6* 7 8 9

    Reference XDB094AS CAE006A DAM006A FCB001A GBC058A GBC226AS GBC229AS GBC330A KAG001A GBC362A

    Designation SAMPLE TUBE HOLDER ASSEMBLY MES60 SWITCH, MICROSWITCH XC5-81-S2 VALVE, SOLENOID MICROS CT PIERC SAMPLING, BRAKING GEAR MIC/SPS COVER, TUBE HOLDER PLASTIC DOOR SAMPLING, STANDARD TUBE HOLDER SAMPLING,OPTIONAL TUBE HOLDER SPRING, CT DOOR SAMPLING, PLASTIC SCREW 3×8, Q50 SAMPLING, GEARING FOR CLOSE TUBE

    S08 / 18 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    9

    Exploded views

    17. Sample tube holder motor (CT)

    1

    3

    5

    2

    4

    3

    5

    Number 1 2 3 4 5

    Reference XDB094AS GBC056A CAE006A DAL009A DBE018A

    Designation SAMPLE TUBE HOLDER ASSEMBLY MES60 SAMPLING, CAM FOR PIERCING BLOCK SWITCH, MICROSWITCH XC5-81-82 MOTOR, MICROS CT PIERCER CABLE, BUSHING D=9,5 BLACK

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 19

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    18. Sampling bar (OT)

    1

    2

    3

    Number Reference 1 GBC219A 2 CAE006A 3 GBC368A

    Designation SAMPLING, NEW TOUCH BAR MICROS SWITCH, MICROSWITCH XC5-81-S2 TOUCH BAR HOLDER

    19. Reagent connection assembly 1

    2 x2

    3 x2 4 x2

    Number 1 2 3 4

    Reference XDA538AS EAC019A EAC010A EAC008A

    Designation REAGENT, CONNEXION PLATE FITTING, LUER MALE I=3MM FITTING, LUER FEMALE CONNECT. ANTI TRACTION RING

    S08 / 20 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Exploded views

    20. Wire kits 1 2

    Number Reference 1 XEC006AS 2 XEC008BS

    Designation Printer wire kit (XBA690A +XBA691A) Front cover wire kit (XBA686A + DAD140A + XBA689A + XBA697A + XBA688A)

    Technical Manual — RAA033AEN — S08 / 21

    ABX Micros ES60/ESV60

    21. Miscellaneous 1 4 3 2

    6 7 5

    9

    10 8

    11

    12

    Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

    Reference GBC177A FAJ010A XBA619A XBA281A CBE081A XEC007BS XEC009AS GBC364A GBC333A 1103113 EAE061AS XBA725A XBA727A

    13

    Designation COVER, LATCH FOR MICROS DOOR COVER, LOCKER REF: E3-59-15 SENSOR, IR L=360 (Waste detection) SENSOR, TEMPERATURE MIC./LC220 Printer Barcode kit (CBC018A + DAD140A) Fuses kit (2xDAR012A + 1xDAR006A + 2xDAR013A + 1xDAR045A) Insulator Cover, WBC/RBC metal MES60 Thermal paper roll TEFLON TUBE 1,32×1,93, Lg = 2m USB barcode reader Cable, ground with flat clip Lg=190mm d=4

    S08 / 22 — Technical Manual — RAA033AEN

    Источник

    [Page 1] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Explore the future ABX Micros ES60 HAN706A © 2007 HORIBA ABX User manual P/n: RAB237AEN
    …

    [Page 2] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    …

    [Page 3] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    User Manual P/n: RAB237AEN HORIBA ABX SAS B.P. 7290 34184 MONTPELLIER Cedex 4 — FRANCE ABX MICROS ES60 OT/CT
    …

    [Page 4] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    User Manual — RAB237AEN User manual Revisions ◆ This document applies to the latest software version as indicated above. ◆ When a subsequent software version is released, only the electronic version (CD-ROM and/or online help) of this user manual…

    [Page 5] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    User Manual — RAB237AEN Graphics ◆ All graphics including screens, printouts and photographs are for illustration purposes only and are not contractual. Trademarks ◆ Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ◆ Ot…

    [Page 6] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    User Manual — RAB237AEN
    …

    [Page 7] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Contents User Manual — RAB237AEN 1 Introduction 1. Warning and precautions ………………………………………………………………………….1-3 1.1. Recommendations …………………………………………………………..

    [Page 8] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2 User Manual — RAB237AEN 8.1.3. ABX Micros ES60 «Pack» installation kit…………………………………………… 1-20 8.2. Reagent installation………………………………………………………….

    [Page 9] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Contents User Manual — RAB237AEN 3 Specifications 1. Specifications ………………………………………………………………………………………….2-2 1.1. Introduction ……………………………………………………

    [Page 10] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4 User Manual — RAB237AEN Description & Technology 1. ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT description ………………………………………………………….3-2 1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT description …………………………..

    [Page 11] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Contents User Manual — RAB237AEN 5 Workflow 1. Checks and startup…………………………………………………………………………………..4-3 1.1. Reagent level checks……………………………………………………….

    [Page 12] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 6 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7.3. Flags linked to linearity range and rejected analysis ………………………………..4-28 7.3.1. Results exceeding linear range…………………………………………………………

    [Page 13] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Contents User Manual — RAB237AEN 7 Quality assurance 1. «Quality control» menu …………………………………………………………………………….5-2 2. QC tab ……………………………………………………..

    [Page 14] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 8 User Manual — RAB237AEN Setup 1. Accessing the «Settings» menu……………………………………………………………………6-2 2. System settings…………………………………………………

    [Page 15] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Contents User Manual — RAB237AEN 9 Maintenance & Troubleshooting 1. Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………………………7-3 2. Daily maintenance ………………………………..

    [Page 16] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 10 User Manual — RAB237AEN 5.3. Troubleshooting parameters………………………………………………………………..7-32 5.3.1. Problems on all parameters ……………………………………………………

    [Page 17] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–1 1. Warning and precautions ………………………………………………………………………….1-3 1.1. Recommendations ……………………………………………………………….

    [Page 18] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–2 User Manual — RAB237AEN 8.4.1. Integrated ticket printer …………………………………………………………….1-22 8.4.2. External printer (optional) ………………………………………………….

    [Page 19] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–3 Introductio n 1. Warning and precautions 1.1. Recommendations Work safety reliability and general characteristics are guaranteed by HORIBA ABX under the following conditions: ◆ User manual must be entirely…

    [Page 20] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–4 User Manual — RAB237AEN 1.3. Safety Precautions 1.3.1. Electronic and moving parts The following parts must not be handled or checked by the user: ◆ Electrical power supply. ◆ Electronic circuit boards. ◆ The ABX Mic…

    [Page 21] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–5 2. Operational conditions 2.1. Environment ◆ The operation of the ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT should be restricted to indoor location use only. This instrument is operational at an altitudes of maximum 3000 mete…

    [Page 22] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–6 User Manual — RAB237AEN 3. Environmental protection 3.1. Disposal of used accessories and consumables ◆ Must be collected by a laboratory specialized in elimination and recycling of this kind of material according to the…

    [Page 23] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–7 4. Graphics and symbols Switch off position Switch on position Alternating current Manufacturer In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device This product conforms to the EC Directives named in the Declaration of Co…

    [Page 24] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–8 User Manual — RAB237AEN 5. Labels 5.1. Instrument rear view labels 5.1.1. Identification label 5.1.2. Output label Diag.1-1 ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT rear view 1- Identification label 2- Output label 3- Supply module label 4- …

    [Page 25] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–9 5.1.3. Supply module label To replace the 2 fuses located on the left of the power supply connector on the back of the analyser, carry out the following procedure: ◆ Do not remove the instrument protection…

    [Page 26] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–10 User Manual — RAB237AEN 5.2. «Biological risks» label ◆ This label is located on the reagent compartment cover (See 1.3.2. Biological risks, page 1-4). 5.3. Internal label ◆ This label is located on the WBC …

    [Page 27] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–11 6. Presentation The ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT, which is small in size, has 8 main parts: ◆ The electrical supply, ◆ The electronic main board, ◆ The dilution pneumatics, ◆ The control panel, including t…

    [Page 28] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–12 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7. Software overview 7.1. Generic screen The generic screen is composed of: 1- Menu access buttons: See 7.2. Menu access buttons description, page 1-12. 2- Exit button: See 7.3. «Exit» bu…

    [Page 29] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–13 1- Press radio button corresponding to the action to perform (See Tab.1-1 Exit screen icons description, page 1-13). 2- Press «OK» button. Tab.1-1 Exit screen icons description 7.4. «Status&q…

    [Page 30] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–14 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7.5. «Contextual help» button description ◆ The «Contextual help» button (Diag.1-13) opens the help file corresponding to the current screen (context sensitive help). If no he…

    [Page 31] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–15 Tab.1-4 Virtual keyboard specific keys ◆ See Section 4, 4.2. Sample identification using the virtual keyboard, page 4-15 for more information. 7.7. Data transmission buttons ◆ The buttons below allow th…

    [Page 32] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–16 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7.8. Miscellaneous 7.8.1. Navigation buttons Arrows ◆ The four arrow buttons described hereafter, allow the user to scroll between table lines and pages. «Previous» and «Next»…

    [Page 33] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–17 Dialog box icons description Dialog box action buttons ◆ «OK» button: confirms an action and closes the dialog box (Diag.1-16). ◆ «Cancel» button: cancels an action and closes the di…

    [Page 34] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–18 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7.8.4. Combo box ◆ A combo box is composed of a field and up and down buttons (Diag.1-21). The user can scroll between a list of values defined for the combo box. 7.8.5. Radio button Radio button…

    [Page 35] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–19 8. Installation 8.1. Package contents 8.1.1. Package contents check A thorough inspection is carried out on the instrument before sending it. We, nevertheless, recommend checking the total system as soon as…

    [Page 36] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–20 User Manual — RAB237AEN 8.1.3. ABX Micros ES60 «Pack» installation kit The ABX Micros ES60 «pack» installation kit (XEC002A) includes: Tab.1-6 Installation kit XEC002A 8.2. Reagent installation See Sec…

    [Page 37] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Introduction User Manual — RAB237AEN 1–21 8.3. Instrument connectors The following connectors are located on the rear side of the ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT. See Diag.1-25 ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT connectors, page 1-21. 1- 2 RS232 ports: — 1 to connect to…

    [Page 38] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 1–22 User Manual — RAB237AEN 8.4. Printer 8.4.1. Integrated ticket printer ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT includes an integrated ticket printer: ◆ It allows printing of results, QC tab and XB statistics. All the printouts are in grey…

    [Page 39] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–1 1. Specifications ………………………………………………………………………………………….2-2 1.1. Introduction…………………………………………………………

    [Page 40] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–2 User Manual — RAB237AEN Specifications 1. Specifications 1.1. Introduction ◆ WBC, RBC and PLT histograms ◆ Quantitative flags ◆ Parameter selection by software settings 1.2. Parameters Tab.2-1 16 parameters Tab.2-2 1…

    [Page 41] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–3 HGB Hemoglobin HCT Hematocrit MCV Mean Corpuscular Volume MCH Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin MCHC Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Concentration RDW Red cell Distribution Width PLT Platelets MPV Mean Plate…

    [Page 42] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–4 User Manual — RAB237AEN 1.3. Instrument specifications Tab.2-3 Instrument specifications ABX Micros ES60 CT/ABX Micros ES60 OT Throughput analysis* OT: 60 samples/hour CT: 50 samples/hour Minimum sample volume Minimum bloo…

    [Page 43] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–5 1.4. Technical specifications Tab.2-4 Technical specifications ABX Micros ES60 CT/ABX Micros ES60 OT Software Designed by HORIBA ABX, installed on a Flash EPROM Memory capacity 1000 results Display Operate…

    [Page 44] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–6 User Manual — RAB237AEN 2. Summary of performance data 2.1. Precision (Reproducibility) ◆ The ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT was initially calibrated with Minocal calibrator (lot N° MCAL058). ◆ Three levels of ABX Minotrol 16 …

    [Page 45] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–7 Tab.2-6 Precision SD (ABX Micros ES60 CT) Parameters MINOTROL 16 Control Within run SD SD of runs means SD of daily means Total imprecision (SD) MX058 High 0.19 0.16 0.22 0.28 WBC MX058 Normal 0.09 0.0…

    [Page 46] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–8 User Manual — RAB237AEN Precision CV% Tab.2-7 Precision CV% (ABX Micros ES60 OT) Parameters MINOTROL 16 Control Within run CV% CV% of run means CV% of daily means Total imprecision (CV%) MX058 High 1.35% 0.97% 1.01% …

    [Page 47] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–9 Tab.2-8 Precision CV% (ABX Micros ES60 CT) Evaluation of Precision Performance of Clinical Chemistry Devices; Approved Guidelines, NCCLS document EP-5 (ISBN 1-56238-145-8) 1999. Expected precision on contr…

    [Page 48] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–10 User Manual — RAB237AEN 2.2. Precision (Repeatability) ◆ Based on 10 consecutive samplings from 1 fresh normal whole blood, without any alarms. Tab.2-9 Precision (Repeatability) Tab.2-10 Precision claims 2.3. Linearity …

    [Page 49] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–11 A: for HGB>2g/dl (normal mode) B: for HGB<2g/dl (Concentrated platelets mode) * In the US version, the instrument will trigger the D flag on HGB and HCT parameters according to the following high li…

    [Page 50] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–12 User Manual — RAB237AEN 3. Limitations 3.1. Maintenance ◆ In this manual, specific start-up, shutdown and maintenance procedures are listed (See Section 7, 2. Daily maintenance, page 7-3). The maintenance procedures li…

    [Page 51] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–13 3.2.3. Anti-coagulants and their effects (on whole blood) This is a list of commonly used anti-coagulants used for whole blood collections: ◆ Heparin — Causes an increase in cell clumping (WBCs and PLTs…

    [Page 52] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–14 User Manual — RAB237AEN ◆ Multiple myeloma — The precipitation of proteins in multiple myeloma patients may give elevated WBC counts. ◆ Hemolysis — Hemolyzed specimens contain red cell stroma which may elevate WBC cou…

    [Page 53] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–15 3.3.4. HCT (Hematocrit) ◆ Red Blood cell Agglutination — May produce erroneous HCT and MCV values. Red blood cells agglutination may be detected by observing abnormal MCH and MCHC values, as well as exa…

    [Page 54] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–16 User Manual — RAB237AEN ◆ Platelet agglutination — Clumped platelets due to poor collection techniques or platelet satellitosis caused by EDTA activation of immunoglobulins may cause a low platelet count and/or an eleva…

    [Page 55] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Specifications User Manual — RAB237AEN 2–17 4. Reagent 4.1. Reagent specifications ◆ Do not use the instrument operational caps when reagents are left off the instrument. ◆ The HORIBA ABX reagents specified for this instrument have been approve…

    [Page 56] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 2–18 User Manual — RAB237AEN Tab.2-16 Reagent consumption on ABX Micros ES60 OT (software version V1.1.X) 5. Waste handling procedure ◆ If required, waste can be neutralized before being discarded. Follow your laboratory&apo…

    [Page 57] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Description & Technology User Manual — RAB237AEN 3–1 1. ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT description ………………………………………………………….3-2 1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT description …………………………………………..

    [Page 58] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–2 User Manual — RAB237AEN Descripti on & Technology 1. ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT description 1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT description 1.1.1. Overview 1.1.2. Front view (covers opened) 1.1.3. Left side view (covers opened) Diag.3-…

    [Page 59] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Description & Technology User Manual — RAB237AEN 3–3 1.2. ABX Micros ES60 OT description 1.2.1. Overview 1.2.2. Front view (door opened) 1.2.3. Left side view (covers opened) Diag.3-4 ABX Micros ES60 OT 1- LCD display & touchscreen 2- Manua…

    [Page 60] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–4 User Manual — RAB237AEN 2. Software menus description Diag.3-7 User menu Diag.3-8 Services menus Sample identification Quality control Result history Maintenance QC XB (data or curves) Calibration Reagents Archives Statist…

    [Page 61] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Description & Technology User Manual — RAB237AEN 3–5 3. Technology 3.1. Sampling 3.1.1. ABX Micros ES60 CT 1- Blood collection tube is placed into the tube holder. 2- The tube holder door is then closed by the operator. 3- The cap-piercing mec…

    [Page 62] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–6 User Manual — RAB237AEN Tab.3-3 HGB measurement ◆ 10µl of blood sample contained in the sampling needle is pushed with 1.2ml of ABX Minidil LMG along with 0.5ml of ABX Minidil LMG from the outer needle into the WBC/HGB …

    [Page 63] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Description & Technology User Manual — RAB237AEN 3–7 3.3. CBC measurement principles 3.3.1. RBC/PLT ◆ The RBCs and PLTs are measured by an electronic impedance variation principle. This means that an electronic field is generated around the m…

    [Page 64] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–8 User Manual — RAB237AEN Results ◆ A certain amount of cells will pass through the calibrated micro-aperture within a specific time frame. They are then measured by pulse height, thresholded, grouped by size and mathemati…

    [Page 65] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Description & Technology User Manual — RAB237AEN 3–9 3.3.2. HGB ◆ The hemoglobin measurement is based on a startup cycle. This cycle includes an hemoglobin blank test sequence which includes 2 hemoglobin blank measurements. Each analysis cycl…

    [Page 66] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–10 User Manual — RAB237AEN 3.3.8. PDW ◆ The PDW (Platelet Distribution Width) is calculated from the platelet histogram/distribution curve. ◆ The PDW is represented by the width of the curve between 15% of the number of …

    [Page 67] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Description & Technology User Manual — RAB237AEN 3–11 Results ◆ The lymphocyte, monocyte and granulocyte results are given as a percentage of the entire WBC count, along with absolute numbers, as well, to reflect on the actual WBC count itsel…

    [Page 68] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 3–12 User Manual — RAB237AEN
    …

    [Page 69] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–1 1. Checks and startup…………………………………………………………………………………..4-3 1.1. Reagent level checks …………………………………………………………..

    [Page 70] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–2 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7.3.4. HGB blank reference………………………………………………………………..4-29 7.4. Morphology flags ………………………………………………………………..

    [Page 71] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–3 Workf low 1. Checks and startup 1.1. Reagent level checks 1.1.1. Bottle units ◆ The system manages automatically the HORIBA ABX reagents (reagent level and expiry date). If this function is configured, you wi…

    [Page 72] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–4 User Manual — RAB237AEN ◆ Then, the instrument will perform a blank cycle for a reference blank count (an analysis cycle based on reagents without any blood sample). A dialog box is displayed to indicate the startup cyc…

    [Page 73] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–5 ◆ The user password is requested (See 1.4.2. Entering user password, page 4-6). ◆ The user identification screen also allows to create a work session (See 1.4.3. Creating a work session, page 4-6). Displayin…

    [Page 74] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–6 User Manual — RAB237AEN 1.4.2. Entering user password 1- Once the user profile login button is pressed the login password screen is displayed. 2- Enter password into the » Password » field using the keyboard or t…

    [Page 75] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–7 1.5. Status area 1.5.1. Introduction ◆ The «Status» button (Diag.4-1) is blinking to indicate that an alarm has been raised. Press the «Status» button. ◆ The «Status» area (Dia…

    [Page 76] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–8 User Manual — RAB237AEN 4- Help message corresponding to the system alarm message selected in the table above. This help message gives corrective actions to perform (See Section 7, 6.1. System alarms, page 7-37). 5- A &quo…

    [Page 77] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–9 QC status ◆ To select the QC category, press the «QC status» button Diag.4-4. Tab.4-4 QC category alarm messages ◆ Follow the indications displayed in help messages to perform corrective actions. F…

    [Page 78] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–10 User Manual — RAB237AEN Archive status ◆ To select the archive category, press the «Archive status» button Diag.4-6. Tab.4-6 Archive category alarm messages ◆ Follow the indications displayed in help message…

    [Page 79] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–11 2. Daily quality control 2.1. General recommendations ◆ Before analyzing any patient blood samples, it is recommended that the operator performs quality control analysis on 3 levels of control blood material …

    [Page 80] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–12 User Manual — RAB237AEN 3. Blood sample collection ◆ See Section 2, 3.2. Blood specimens, page 2-12 for collection requirements. Blood samples must be gently and thoroughly mixed with a rocking or tilting motion just be…

    [Page 81] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–13 4.1. Entering patient sample information 4.1.1. Sample ID ◆ Sample ID is the sample identification number (16 alphanumeric characters maximum). ◆ It is a mandatory field. If it is not entered, the «OK&…

    [Page 82] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–14 User Manual — RAB237AEN 4.1.4. Patient first name ◆ The patient first name has up to 20 alphabetic characters maximum. ◆ To enter patient first name, press «First name» field to select it and type in the pat…

    [Page 83] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–15 4.2. Sample identification using the virtual keyboard ◆ Press «Virtual keyboard» button to open the virtual keyboard (Diag.4-11). ◆ Press the text field (located above the virtual keyboard) corres…

    [Page 84] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–16 User Manual — RAB237AEN 5. Running analysis 1- Press «OK» button to validate sample identification. If a blank counting has to be done, the following message is displayed: «A reference cycle hemoglobin has…

    [Page 85] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–17 Tube holder selection: The sample tube holder has 4 positions according to the sample tube characteristics. The required position is selected when it is at the 12:00 o’clock position inside the sampling co…

    [Page 86] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–18 User Manual — RAB237AEN 6. Results 6.1. Results from analyser ◆ Once analysis is completed, the data are treated by the instrument calculation software which allows the display of results in accordance with the instrume…

    [Page 87] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–19 6.2.2. Patient information ◆ A summary of patient information is displayed at the top of the «Result display» screen: sample ID, patient ID, patient name, analysis date and time. ◆ More detailed i…

    [Page 88] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–20 User Manual — RAB237AEN 6.2.5. Detailed results ◆ To display detailed results of one parameter family, press the corresponding histogram area. ◆ The «Detailed results» screen is displayed. It gives for each …

    [Page 89] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–21 6.3. Results sending and transmitting 6.3.1. Printing results Results can be printed: ◆ Automatically: See Section 6, 7.2. Result settings, page 6-15 to set this option. ◆ Manually. 1- In the results screen…

    [Page 90] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–22 User Manual — RAB237AEN Result printout on external printer A result printout on external printer contains (Diag.4-21) 1- Headers set in the «Settings» menu. 2- Patient demography and analysis information (date,…

    [Page 91] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–23 Result printout on integrated ticket printer A result printout on integrated ticket printer contains (Diag.4-22) 1- Printout information (date, user name) 2- Patient demography and analysis information (date, o…

    [Page 92] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–24 User Manual — RAB237AEN 6.3.3. Sending results Results can be sent to the LIS: ◆ Automatically: See Section 6, 7.2. Result settings, page 6-15 to set this option. ◆ Manually. To send results manually: ◆ In the resul…

    [Page 93] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–25 6.4. Analysis run with the simplified identification ◆ Simplified identification allows to run a control blood or a patient analysis directly from the result screen and without entering all the sample informa…

    [Page 94] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–26 User Manual — RAB237AEN 6.5. Result history 6.5.1. Result history menu description ◆ To access the «Result history» menu, press «Result history menu» button (Diag.4-26). ◆ The «Result history&…

    [Page 95] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–27 6.5.2. Filtering results with the filter check box ◆ The results can be filtered by 4 different items: «Date», «Sample ID», «Patient ID» and/or «Name». 1- Check the fi…

    [Page 96] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–28 User Manual — RAB237AEN 7. Flags 7.1. Introduction These instrument flags can be classified into 3 different groups: 1- Results exceeding normal limits: See 7.2. Normal limits, page 4-28. 2- Flags linked to results that e…

    [Page 97] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Workflow User Manual — RAB237AEN 4–29 7.3.4. HGB blank reference ◆ A suspicious flag, shown by an exclamation mark (!) located next to the hemoglobin result shows that the HGB blank carried out during the analysis differs from the previous cycle&…

    [Page 98] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 4–30 User Manual — RAB237AEN ◆ Platelet aggregates ◆ Nucleated red blood cells ◆ This flag corresponds to the number of cells counted in the first channels, out of the total number of lymphocytes. 2- The «M2» f…

    [Page 99] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    Quality assurance User Manual — RAB237AEN 5–1 1. «Quality control» menu …………………………………………………………………………….5-2 2. QC tab ………………………………………………………….

    [Page 100] horiba ABX MICROS ES60

    ABX Micros ES60 OT/CT 5–2 User Manual — RAB237AEN Quality assu rance 1. «Quality control» menu ◆ The Quality Control allows to monitor a set of analyses based on known sample values and ranges over a period of several months. Statistica…
    Источник

    Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Как пользоваться ершиком для унитаза инструкция по применению
  • 5000 за классное руководство до какого года
  • Моющее средство белизна инструкция по применению
  • Холодильник aeg santo 86378 kg инструкция
  • Навыки руководства отделом